PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research

Volume 8 Special Issue (June 2019)

Editor

Sukanya Buranadechachai Burapha University, Thailand

Political Science Association of Kasetsart University Bangkok, Thailand

Editorial Board Member

Editor-in-Chief Dr.Kittisak Jermsittiparsert Chulalongkorn University, Thailand

Editor Associate Professor Dr.Sukanya Buranadechachai Burapha University, Thailand

Editorial Board Members Professor Dr.Benigno E. Aguirre University of Delaware, USA. Professor Dr.Dimitrios Nikolaou Koumparoulis University of the People, USA. Professor Dr.Fred R. Dallmayr University of Notre Dame, USA. Professor Dr.John Holland Massey University, New Zealand Professor Dr.Regina Scheyvens Massey University, New Zealand Professor Dr.Sounthone Phommasone National University of Laos, Lao PDR. Professor Dr.Supang Chantavanich Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Songsri Soranastaporn Mahidol University, Thailand Dr.Alfredo J. Anceno University of New South Wales, Australia Dr.Bounmy Keohavong Souphanouvong University, Lao PDR. Dr.Trisia Farrelly Massey University, New Zealand Dr.Widchaporn Taipjutorus Rajamangala University of Technology Phra Nakhon, Thailand

Reviewers

Professor Dr.Asta Savanevičienė Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Professor Dr.Denise Parr-Scanlin West Texas A&M University, USA. Professor Dr.M.N. Vinodkumar Cochin University of Science and Technology, India Professor Dr.Michael G. Plummer Johns Hopkins University, Italy Professor Dr.Preecha Yupapin Ton Duc Thang University, Vietnam Professor Dr.Somparn Promta Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya University, Thailand Professor Dr.Soraj Hongladarom Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Associate Professor Police Major General Dr.Apichai Srisopit Royal Police Cadet Academy, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Éva Federmayer Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Associate Professor Ewing-Chow Michael National University of Singapore, Singapore Associate Professor Dr.Kasetchai Laeheem Prince of Songkla University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Kubilay Akman University of Usak, Turkey Associate Professor Dr.Kwunkamol Donkwa Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Natt Makul Phranakhon Rajabhat University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Paramat Kham-ek Silpakorn University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Praves Intongpan Kasetsart University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Phajon Kamchusang Kasetsart University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Phitak Siriwong Silpakorn University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Prapart Pintobtang Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Sit Teerasorn Kasetsart University, Kamphaeng Saen Campus, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Tharinee Pongsupatt Kasetsart University, Thailand Associate Professor Tongfu Siriwongse Kasetsart University, Thailand Associate Professor Dr.Valaiporn Attanandana Kasetsart University, Thailand

Assistant Professor Dr.Anil Kumar K Kaushik Attri College of Education for Girls, India Assistant Professor Dr.Apiwat Kumpai Silpakorn University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Assadej Vanichchinchai Mahidol University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Hao Liang Singapore Management University, Singapore Assistant Professor Dr.Itthipong Mahathanaseth Kasetsart University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Kristiya Moonsri Phetchabun Rajabhat University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Kwanhatai Jaipiem Rajamangala University of Technology Srivijaya, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Mamie Griffin Higher Colleges of Technology, United Arab Emirates Assistant Professor Dr.Mir Dost Lasbela University of Agriculture, Water and Marine Sciences, Pakistan Assistant Professor Dr.Natcha Mahapoonyanont Thaksin University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Nontawan Yomchinda Thammasat University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Pinwadee Srisupan Ubon Ratchathani University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Pongsin Viseshsiri Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Potchana Toopkeaw Thammasat University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Ruthaychonnee Sittichai Prince of Songkla University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Sillapaporn Srijunpetch Thammasat University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Supachet Chansarn Bangkok University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Supanee Sengsri Naresuan University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Supaporn Prasongthan Kasetsart University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Tanayu Puwitthayathorn Surat Thani Rajabhat University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Tawit Sudsakorn Royal Police Cadet Academy, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Thepparat Phimolsathien King Mongkut's Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Tirata Bhasavanija Ramkhamhaeng University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Unruan Leknoi Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Assistant Professor Dr.Yan Ye Assumption University, Thailand Assistant Professor Wattana Anantapol Kasetsart University, Thailand Police Major Dr.Chavanut Janekarn Thammasat University, Thailand Police Lieutenant Dr.Buppachat Urairak Ramkhamhaeng University, Thailand Dr.Amorn Thoongsuwan Rajamangala University of Technology Phra Nakhon, Thailand Dr.Arpamart Chanmeka TEAM Consulting Engineering and Management Co., Ltd., Thailand Dr.Cecilia Lelly Kewo Manado State University, Indonesia Dr.Garry Kuan Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia Dr.Jaruwan Sakulku Thammasat University, Thailand Dr.La-iard Silanoi Mahasarakham University, Thailand Dr.Mayuree Chanasakulniyom Mahidol University, Thailand Dr.Monamorn Precharattana Mahidol University, Thailand Dr.Naphat Wuttaphan Pibulsongkram Rajabhat University, Thailand Dr.Nomchit Kittichotipanit King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, Thailand Dr.Nuntiput Putthanachote Roi Et Hospital, Thailand Dr.Panitcha Outapa Thammasat University, Thailand Dr.Parinya Siriattakul Political Science Association of Kasetsart University, Thailand Dr.Pattawee Sookhakich Assumption University, Thailand Dr.Petcharaporn Chatchawanchanchanakij King Mongkut's Institute of Technology Ladkrabang Prince of Chumphon Campus, Thailand Dr.Pichaya Thongyooyen Sripatum University-Chonburi Campus, Thailand Dr.Pimpatsorn Natipodhi Na Nakorn Sukhothai Thammathirat Open University, Thailand Dr.Pimonpan Chainan Chiang Mai University, Thailand Dr.Piti Eiamchamroonlarp Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Dr.Prasutr Thawornchaisit Institute of Research and Medical Technology Assessment, Thailand Dr.Ratchaneewan Wanichtanom Thammasat University, Thailand

Dr.Rungarun Khasasin Thai-Nichi Institute of Technology, Thailand Dr.Sanan Prachongchit Kasetsart University, Thailand Dr.Sarawut Napatalung Phranakhon Rajabhat University, Thailand Dr.Somchit Sinthuchai Boromarajonani College of Nursing, Thailand Dr.Suthamma Nitikasetsoontorn Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Dr.Timnoy Salitxay Souphanouvong University, Lao PDR. Dr.Tunyaluk Anekjumnongporn Bangkok University, Thailand

Instructions to Authors

Scope of the Journal PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research (PSAKUIJIR) is an international double blind peer reviewed journal published half yearly by the Political Science Association of Kasetsart University, Thailand. The aim of PSAKUIJIR is to promote new discoveries in the various disciplines of knowledge, within and across sciences and technologies and humanities and social sciences, which are contributed by researchers and experts from all over the world. Therefore, the editors dedicated to providing a venue for both academics and practitioners to publish their original research articles and reviews in English.

Guide for Authors Submission of an article implies that the work described has not been published previously (except in the form of an abstract or as part of a published lecture or academic thesis), that it is not under consideration for publication elsewhere, that its publication is approved by all authors and tacitly or explicitly by the authorities responsible where the work was carried out, and that, if accepted, the article will not be published elsewhere in the same form, in English or in any other language, without the written consent of the publisher. The editors reserve the right to edit or otherwise alter all contributions, but authors will receive proofs for approval before publication. Copyrights for articles are retained by the authors, with first publication rights granted to the journal. The journal/publisher is not responsible for subsequent uses of the work. It is the author's responsibility to bring an infringement action if so desired by the author. The publisher and journals have a zero-tolerance plagiarism policy. All submissions will be checked by editor before being sent to reviewers. Authors permit the publisher to apply a DOI to their articles and to archive them in databases and indexes such as CrossRef, Ingenta Connect, Social Sciences Research Network, and Google Scholar. Manuscripts should be prepared in Microsoft Word format and submitted via the journal’s email address ([email protected]). If you have any questions, please contact the editor.

Paper Selection and Publication Process 1) Upon receipt of a submission, the editor sends an e-mail of confirmation to the submission’s author within three to five working days. If you fail to receive this confirmation, your submission e-mail may have been missed. 2) Peer review. We use a double-blind system for peer review; both reviewers’ and authors’ identities remain anonymous. The paper will be reviewed by at least two experts: one editorial staff member and at least one external reviewer. The review process may take one to three months. 3) Notification of the result of review by e-mail. 4) If the submission is accepted, the authors revise paper. 5) After publication, the corresponding author will receive one hard copy of the journal, free of charge. If you want to keep more copies, please contact the editor before making an order.

General Requirements 1) Language and Numbers: Please write your text in proper English; American or British usage is accepted, but not a mixture of both. When writing numbers, use a period, not a comma, to represent the decimal point and a space to separate numbers of more than five digits into groups of three, whether on the left or the right of the decimal point (i.e., 10 000.471 85, but 1000.4718). We only accept manuscripts written in English. 2) Length of Paper: Papers between 3,000 and 8,000 words are preferred.

Title Page To ensure the integrity of the peer review process, every effort should be made to prevent the identities of the authors and reviewers from being known to each other. When you sent a submission file, author identities should be removed from it. You should upload the title page as a supplementary file for the editor to review. 1) Title: Be concise and informative. Titles are often used in information-retrieval systems. Avoid abbreviations and formulae where possible. If you choose to have a subtitle, it should be italicized and centered directly below the main title. 2) Authors’ Names and Affiliations: The preferred form of an author's name is first name, middle initial(s), and last name; this form reduces the likelihood of mistaken identity. To assist researchers as well as librarians, use the same form for publication throughout your career; that is, do not use initials on one manuscript and your full name on a later one. Omit all titles (e.g., Dr., Professor) and degrees (e.g., Ph.D., Psy.D., Ed.D.). The authors’ affiliation identifies the location of the author(s) at the time the research was conducted, which is usually an institution. Include a dual affiliation only if two institutions contributed substantial support to the study. Include no more than two affiliations per author.

Example:

Kittisak Jermsittiparsert Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities, Ton Duc Thang University, Vietnam E-mail: [email protected]

Thanaporn Sriyakul Faculty of Business Administration, Mahanakorn University of Technology, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Preparation of Text Manuscripts should be organized in the following order: Title; abstract; key word (indexing terms, normally three-to-five items); introduction; methods, and/or techniques; results; discussion; conclusion; acknowledgements; references. 1) General Rules for Text: Please use the following rules for the entire text, including abstract, key word, headings and references. Font: Times New Roman; Size: 12 pt. Paragraph Spacing: Above paragraph - 0 pt.; below paragraph - 0 pt. Line Spacing: Single. Heading: Times New Roman; 12 pt.; Bold. 2) Abstract: A concise and factual abstract is required (maximum length of 250 words). The abstract should state briefly the purpose of the research, the principal results, and major conclusions. An abstract is often presented separately from the article, so it must be able to stand alone. References should therefore be avoided, but, if essential, they must be cited in full in the abstract, without relying on the reference list. 3) Key Word: Immediately after the abstract, provide a maximum of 5 keywords, avoiding general and plural terms and multiple concepts (e.g., “and,” “of”). Be sparing with abbreviations: only abbreviations firmly established in the field may be eligible. 4) Subdivision of the Article: Divide your article into clearly defined. Any subsection, ideally, should not be more than 600 words. Authors are urged to write as concisely as possible but not at the expense of clarity. 5) Equations: The text size of equations should be similar to normal text size. 6) Tables: Number tables consecutively in accordance with their appearance in the text. Place a table’s caption above the table’s body and its description below the body. Avoid vertical rules. Be sparing in the use of tables and ensure that the data presented in tables do not duplicate results described elsewhere in the article.

Example:

Table 5 Output shortfall in DHs in 1389 and 1390 1389 1390 Variables Actual Shortfall Actual Shortfall Number of Outpatient Visits 3,782,351 326,922 4,195,618 611,256 Number of Inpatient Admissions 158,190 13,537 174,978 6,963 Number of Patient Days 391,984 17,119 426,221 13,793

Table 5 shows summary of outputs shortfall for 1389 and 1390.

7) Figures and Schemes: Number figures consecutively in accordance with their appearance in the text. Place a figure’s caption and description below the figure body. A minimum resolution of 300 DPI is required. Note: Avoid abbreviating the titles of tables, figures, and equations (i.e., Tab. 1, Fig. 2, Eq. 3) in the caption or in running text. Do not write “the table above/below” or “the figure on page 32,” because the position and page number of a table or figure cannot be determined until the pages are typeset.

References Cite the work of those individuals whose ideas, theories, or research have directly influenced your work. They may provide key background information, support or dispute your thesis, or offer critical definitions and data. Citation of an article implies that you have personally read the cited work. In addition to crediting the ideas of others that you used to build your thesis, provide documentation for all facts and figures that are not considered common knowledge. Citations in the Text: Each reference cited in the text must appear in the reference list, and each entry in the reference list must be cited in the text. However, two kinds of material are cited only in the text: references to classical works such as the Bible and the Qur’an, whose sections are standardized across editions, and references to personal communication. References in a meta-analysis are not cited in-text unless they are also mentioned in the text. When formatting an in-text citation, give, in parentheses, the last name of the author of the cited work and the year it was published. For unpublished or informally published works, give the year the work was produced. Write “in press” in parentheses for articles that have been accepted for publication but that have not yet been published. Do not give a date until the article has actually been published. In all other instances, citations in the text should follow the referencing style used by the American Psychological Association.

Indexing

Social Sciences Research Network (SSRN) - Elsevier, Netherlands

Ingenta Connect, United Kingdom

Google Scholar, USA.

Crossref, USA.

Fee and Charges Authors are required to pay a $500 processing fee. Publication of an article in the PSAKUIJIR is not contingent upon the author's ability to pay the charges. Neither is acceptance to pay the processing fee a guarantee that the paper will be accepted for publication. A discount of 50% is offered to authors from the following low-income and lower-middle- income countries:

Angola Afghanistan Bangladesh Benin Bhutan Bolivia Burkina Faso Burundi Cabo Verde Cambodia Cameroon Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo, Dem. Rep Congo, Rep. Côte d'Ivoire Djibouti Egypt, Arab Rep. El Salvador Eritrea Ethiopia Gambia, The Georgia Ghana Guinea Guinea-Bissau Haiti Honduras India Indonesia Kenya Kiribati Korea, Dem. People's Rep Kosovo Kyrgyz Republic Lao PDR Lesotho Liberia Madagascar Malawi Mali Mauritania Micronesia, Fed. Sts. Moldova Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Nepal Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Pakistan Papua New Guinea Philippines Rwanda São Tomé and Principe Senegal Sierra Leone Solomon Islands Somalia South Sudan Sri Lanka Sudan Syrian Arab Republic Swaziland Tajikistan Tanzania Timor-Leste Togo Tunisia Uganda Ukraine Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Yemen, Rep. West Bank and Gaza Zambia Zimbabwe

Contact Political Science Association of Kasetsart University 8/82 Banklangmueng Ngamwongwan, Ngamwongwan Road, Thung Song Hong, Lak Si, Bangkok 10210, Thailand Email: [email protected] Facebook: facebook.com/PSAKUIJIR Contents

Page

General Problems and Needs for Being an Owner of Residence and Arable Land 1 of People Who Live in Wang Sombun, Sa Kaeo, Thailand Darunsak Tatiyalapa and Chaded Khotcharit

Civic Education through the Process of Creating a Citizenship in Democracy of Thailand 7 Pisak Kalyanamitra and Aphisit Bunchanthuek

Integrated Causal Factors For and Guidance on the Enhancement of Transparency 15 in Local Administrative Organizations in Northeastern Thailand Sanyasorn Swasthaisong

Fiscal Autonomy in Revenue Collection of Local Administrative Organizations 26 in Special Economic Zones, Thailand Titus Mala, Pisak Kalyanamitra, Jarunee Mumbansao, Ruetaitip Chansrakaeo and Wilailuk Ruangsom

Community Participation in Water Management for Agriculture in Phra Phloeng, 37 Khao Chakan, Srakaew, Thailand Wilailuk Ruangsom

Community Participation in Developing Tourism Attractions in Watthana Nakhon, 49 Sa Kaeo, Thailand Montree Chinsomboon

The Mobilization of Small Scale Fisheries Community with Knowledge Management 57 for Conservation and Restoration of the Marine and Coastal Resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province Sayan Thongsri, Wannee Niamhom and Sunti Srisuantaeng

Community Sufficiency Economy Readiness for Sustainable Agriculture and 67 Tourism Development Tanainan Tanantpapat, Anegpon Kuama, Pakpachong Vadhanasindhu and Suwit Srimai

The Gastronomic Creative Tourism Management Guidelines: Dating Back to the Past, 80 Gastronomy along the Laos Vientiane Migration Route in Northeast Thailand Apisak Koograsang, Sombat Karnjanakit and Suchitra Sukonthasab

The Factors Affecting the Success of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s 89 Environmental Management Jarunee Mumbansao

Climate Change through Environmental Ethics and Buddhist Philosophy 95 Praves Intongpan

Page

Social Capital and Strengthening of Klong Arang Community, Sakeaw Province, 112 Thailand Sirikhwan Boontham

The Comparing of Promoting Factor for co-existence between Thais and Migrant 119 Workers: A Case Study Pathum Thani Province, Thailand Rattachart Thatsanai

Educational Administration Strategy of Rajabhat University According to Criteria of 127 ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance Pisak Kalyanamitra, Darunsak Tatiyalapa and Jarunee Mumbansao

Measurement in Psycho-Behavioral Science Research 136 Shuttawwee Sitsira-at [1]

General Problems and Needs for Being an Owner of Residence and Arable Land of People Who Live in Wang Sombun, Sa Kaeo, Thailand

Darunsak Tatiyalapa Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patrongnage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Chaded Khotcharit Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patrongnage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 27 December 2018 Revised: 21 April 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This article was part of the research of the problem-solving model for the rural residence and arable land in subdistricts: the case study of Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province. The data collection was conducted by 4 methods; (1) reviewing of related literatures, (2) focus group, (3) in-depth interviewing, and (4) organizing the community forum. According to the general problems found, they were summarized into 10 issues; (1) not having title deeds or land, (2) not having enough water resources for agriculture, (3) the pollution caused by sugarcane and charcoal burning, (4) the decreasing of the crop price and the lack of the market supports, (5) having unstable jobs and incomes, (6) the lack of the good basis of public utilities, (7) the informal debt, (8) the decay of residence, (9) drugs, and (10) the replacement of local workers by migrant workers. Regarding the needs for owning a residence and arable land, it can be categorized into 4 issues which are (1) the needs for obtaining land and title deeds, (2) the needs for stable residences, (3) the needs for repairing residence, and (4) the needs for having enough water resources for carrying on the agriculture. Keywords: Arable Land, Rural Residence, Owner of Residence

Introduction According to the CS Global Wealth Report, 2018, Thailand has become the most unequal country in the world. Considering the assets holding, it appears that only 1% of Thai people would possess wealth or have 66.90% of assets, especially hold the title deeds and residence. This means that people, who are excluded from that 1% of holding assets and wealth, are the large group of people who are agriculturists with no title deeds (Thairath Online, 2018). From the report of the solutions for the arable land and residence problems by the local community under the project of supporting the solutions for the arable land and rural residence problems in 2015, it was found that according to 149,246,428 rais of the agricultural areas for the land ownership, agriculturalist could obtain the land ownership with only 71, 581, 682 rais. On the other hand, there were agriculturalists who could not own 77,664,746 rais of land. This could be a serious problem for developing and upgrading the people’s life quality (Baan Mankong Office, 2016). Although the economy of Thailand has developed under the system of

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [2] capitalism for a long time, it still could not move from the outer capitalism to be the central capitalism country, which can become a leader. Besides, Thailand has faced the severe economic problems oftentimes. This caused the damage to the household economy. People at the grassroot level have to change their ways of life from production for self-sufficiency to production for sale, which needs the producing factors such as capital, land, labors, and machines. Essentially, Thai agriculturalists have faced with the problem of inadequate factors of production since the past in every dimension, especially capital and land. This can be counted as the structural problem accumulated from time to time (Tatiyalapha and Khotcharit, 2017: 301) Sa Kaeo is a province that most of the population have encountered the lack of residence and arable land, especially Wattana Nakhorn District, Khoksung District, Wang Namyen District, and Wang Sombun District. Regarding Wang Sombun District, most of the land belonged to Agricultural Land Reform Office, which agriculturalists were allowed to use the land without holding the title deeds. From the survey conducted by the committee who requests for the title deeds of the arable land and residence for people who live in Wang Sombun and Wang Thong Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province (2014: 23), it was found that there were 1,356 families who asked for the ownership of title deeds and residence with 1,880 land parcels, totally 15, 693 rais in Wang Sombun Subdistrict. This situation was the reason for conducting the research project called “the problem-solving model for the rural residence and arable land in subdistricts: the case study of Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province”. This article was part of the research project. The presentation mainly focused on the details of general problems and the needs for obtaining the residence and arable land ownership of people who live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province. The full research presentation will be composed and reported next time.

Objective To study the general problems and needs for the residence and arable land of people who lived in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province.

Research Methodology This article was part of the qualitative research which consisted of 4 stages as follows; 1. Data Collection. This was conducted in 4 methods which are (1) reviewing of related literatures such as text books, research reports, thesis, journals and magazines, (2) focus group by brainstorming ideas from the community leaders and people who had Problems, (3) in-depth interviewing by using the open-ended questions about general Problems and the Needs for Residence and Arable Land in the areas of Wang Sombun Subdistrict, and (4) organizing the community forum for listening to stake holders’ opinions such as local people and leaders who drive the residence and arable land problems in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, representatives of organizations who involve with the matters such as Community Organizations Development Institute, and Community Organization Councils. 2. Data Analysis. This was conducted by organizing, interpreting, and analyzing all the information gathered. The analyzing procedures were divided into 3 steps as following. (1) Analyzing information collected from literature review. This step analyzed the information under the framework concerned with general problems. They were divided into 3 dimensions which were community physical dimension, economic dimension, and social dimension. (2) Analyzing the information collected from the fieldwork, focus group, in-depth interview, and arranging a community forum by using the community research instrument of Komart Juengsatiansub (2016: 129) such as geo-social mapping and time line (Bualek, 2014: 160).

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [3]

For this step, the empirical information was analyzed and synthesized. The opinions of stake holders were collected, focusing on the interpret of words, conversations, and opinion exchanging. (3) Analyzing, connecting, and interpreting the information in an integrative way, aiming at analyzing the phenomenon, problematic conditions, and the Needs for Residence and Arable Land of the people who live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun district, Sa Kaeo province. 3. Concluding and Reporting. After the information was analyzed and synthesized, the findings were explored by descriptive statistics.

Results General Problems of Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun district, Sa Kaeo Province Wang Sombun Subdistrict was upgraded to be Subdistrict Municipality in 2007. It consisted of 17 villages and contained 98 square kilometres or about 61,250 rais. The population of this subdistrict is 10,520, 3655 households. The average population density was 106.67 square kilometres. The general landscapes consisted of plains with low and high hills. Its soil was considered as sandy loam. There were 2 main drainage patterns of natural water resources and river banks, creeks, and canals, which were counted as 14 places. Most of the population were agriculturalist and livestock workers. They planted corns, cassavas, sugarcanes, soybeans, rubber trees, palm trees, and longans. They raised dairy cows, eggs for egg production, local chickens, pigs, ducks, goats, and so on. The important business units in the municipal areas are 3 banks, 5 hotels, 6 agricultural industry, and 3 gas stations. The government’s social services were 4 primary schools, 1 high school, 1 community learning center, 1 child care center, 1 police station, 1 health center, 1 hospital, 1 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation Center, 15 religious institutes or organizations consisted of 12 temples and monasteries, 1 shrine, and 2 churches. For transportation, there were highways consisted of 4 paved roads, 1 standard gravel roads, 24 concrete roads, and 6 gravel roads connected to villages and subdistrict. Every village had electricity (the Committee of the Title Deeds and Residence Driven Force of Wang Sombun and Wang Thong Subdistrict, Wang Sombun district, Sa Kaeo Province, 2014: 6-16) From the data analysis of general problem studying in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province, the problems could be divided into 10 issues analyzed by the local people’s reflection. The problems could be identified as (1) people could not own title deeds, (2) there were not enough water resources for agriculture, (3) the pollution was caused by sugarcane and charcoal burning, (4) there were the decreasing of the crop price and the lack of the market supports, (5) people have unstable jobs and incomes, (6) people does not have the good basis of public utility, (7) people have the informal debt, 8) there was the decay of Residences, (9) there were drug Problems, and (10) there was the replacement of local workers by migrant workers. According to Sopee Sripetch (2018), the former school director of Anuban Wang Sombun School, an important leader who drove the requesting for title deeds and Residence for people who live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict and Wang Thong Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province, this leader reflected on the main problems of the local people as the following messages. “…The main problems of the local people here are that they do not have title deeds because most of the land belong to Agricultural Land Reform Office, so we have joined our driving force to request for living land and Residence for years. The local people helped survey and managed the data for the numbers of households and areas for asking for the title deeds. We have been working on many activities”. This was related to the data of the solutions for the arable land and residence problems of the local community. The data were collected by Baan

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [4]

Mankong Office, Community Organizations Development Institute (2016). It was pointed out that Wang Sombun Subdistrict was a community which had the severe problem of owning living land and Residence. It was in the top 32 list of subdistricts which have the pilot projects for problem-solving on the land ownership in the forest areas, according to the project of supporting the solutions for the arable land and residence Problems in rural areas in 2015. From the general problems appearing in Wang Sombun areas as summarized earlier, it should be noticed that the problem of having no title deeds or land ownership was in the top rank problems as being similar to all over the country, relating to the research of Living and Arable Land Management: the Case Study of Phuetudom Subdistrict, Lamlukka District, Pathumthani Province (Tatiyalapha and Khotcharit, 2017: 304). According to the research, it revealed that people lack of their residence and arable land and it was found that the residence and arable land belonged to the investors. On the other hand, the land of Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province belonged to the government organizations such as Agricultural Land Reform Office. As a result, people would claim their rights and pay attention to the problems. Besides, this problem could be related to other problems and affected to urgent problems needed to be solve immediately (Kalyanamitra, 2018:7). The Needs for Residence and Arable Land of People who Live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province From gathering information and opinions related to the methodology by analyzing and connecting the information to the problem contexts in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province as was mentioned earlier, it was pointed out that the community had expectation for the supports form the government sector to upgrade their life quality in all dimensions. However, considering the particular issues from the general problems appearing in the community, it was revealed that the problems of the residence and arable land had an influence on people’s thoughts. This could be identified that the solutions for the residence and arable land problems were the important needs which were 1) the needs for obtaining the ownership of residence and title deeds, 2) the needs for stable residence, 3) the needs for the residence repair, and 4) the needs for having enough water resources for agriculture. Considering the needs of people about having residence and arable land in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, some problems were solved, but this could not be solved completely as being seen from the examples provided by Community Organizations Development Institute in 2015. There were 207 funds over the country, which supported the land purchase for local people from each subdistrict. They could buy 354 rais, but this was not enough (The Committee of the Title Deeds and Residence Driven Force of Wang Sombun and Wang Thong Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province, 2014: 20). Therefore, the needs of local people for the ownership of the residence and arable land in Wang Sombun Subdistrict still existed and this was one of the main needs as well. It could be noticed that the effort of serving their Needs of people from Wang Sombun Subdistrict was driven in a concrete method. There was the gathering of the driven force groups to collect and manage information to request for title deeds and residence systematically. It revealed that the general problems and the needs for the ownership of residence and arable land of the people who live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province were connected. This could affect the process of forming the driven force for problem-solving seriously and systematically. They did not wait for the supports from the government sectors only.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [5]

Table 1 Displaying the areas which provide the land funds and the amount of areas which were allocated to the local people from each subdistrict Number Provinces Subdistricts Land area (rais) 1 Nan Buayai 42 2 Sa Kaeo Nong Muang 27 3 Sa Kaeo Wang Sombun 148 4 Sa Kaeo Klong Kaituean 50 5 Sa Kaeo Klong Hinpun 50 6 Sa Kaeo Tubthai 20 7 Trat Nong Khansong 12-3-80 8 Songkhla Kamphaeng Phet 5 Source Baan Mankong Office, Community Organizations Development Institute (2015)

Conclusion and Discussion People, who live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province, have settled down and made a permanent community for a half century. The development of the community has begun since Department of Highways, Ministry of Transport conducted the project of transportation routes to connect the borders of Prachin Buri and Chantaburi. Presently, the community was upgraded to Wang Sombun Subdistrict, which had more complex social, economic, and service structures than the past respectively. However, it still faced with the general problems in the community summarized in 3 dimensions, namely, physical issue, social issue, and economic issue. The problems could be divided into 10 issues identified as (1) people could not own title deeds, (2) there were not enough water resources for agriculture, (3) the pollution was caused by sugarcane and charcoal burning, (4) there were the decreasing of the crop price and the lack of the market supports, (5) people have unstable jobs and incomes, (6) people does not have the good basis of public utility, (7) people have the informal debt, (8) there was the decay of Residences, (9) there were drug Problems, and (10) there was the replacement of local workers by migrant workers. In addition, the revelation of the needs for the residence and arable land identified the important issues which are (1) the needs for living land and title deeds, (2) the needs for having stable residence, (3) the needs for repairing the residence, and 4) the needs for having enough water resources for agriculture. To consider the information found, it revealed that the problems and needs were connected. This means that the occurred problems had an influence on people’s needs. This might be followed by many reasons and factors. For this research, the basic notice for the concept of study in the future was pointed out that the problems might appear from these 3 issues which were (1) the development and inequality caused by the state authority, (2) the economic and social changes, and (3) the inequality of incomes and the invasion of the capital power group. All of these were extrinsic factors which could push people into the problem confrontation mentioned earlier (Tatiyalapha and Khotcharit, 2018). However, considering the movement groups which still act on the Problems, it revealed that people in the community realized the power of having a group power. They paid attention to the study of information, data collection, and the use of the data, and they also have the leaders who drive the team to meet the goals strongly. Moreover, they had the working teams which could focus in the goals clearly, focusing on the cooperation with the government sectors and seeking for supports from the associate organizations in order to solve problems and meet the expected goals. This could be a good example for other communities which have the similar problems and needs.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [6]

Suggestions This article presented some content from the study in the research of the model for solving the local residence and arable land problems in subdistrict areas: the case study of Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province. The researcher team will present some other concepts next time. However, for providing more usefulness to people who are interested in this research, this article writing team would like to present the interesting suggestions as follows; (1) There should be the study of the roles of driven force leaders who play important roles on the activity implementation for building up more driven force to solve the community’s problems. (2) There should be the study of the problem background by comparing the studied community with the near communities which have the similar Problems in order to find out important factors or shared factors. This will help to prepare a defensive measure for other communities which do not experience the problems. (3) The stakeholders who are related to the land problem-solving in each dimension, namely, government sectors, private sectors, or social sectors, can use these findings to analyze and compare the appropriacy for the useful application.

References Baan Mankong Office, Community Organizations Development Institute. 2015. Problem- solving of Arable Land and Residence by the Local Community under the Project of Supporting the Solutions for Arable Land and Residence Problems in Rural Areas, 2015. Bangkok: Community Organizations Development Institute. Bualek, P. 2014. “Local Way of Life with 7 Instruments of Simple, Effective, and Fun Working in the Community.” Rom Phruek Journal, Krirk University 32 (3): 160. Juengsatiansub, K. et al. 2016. Local Way of Life with 7 Instruments of Simple, Effective, and Fun Working in the Community. 11th ed. Nonthaburi: Suksala, Society and Health Institute. Kalyanamitra, P. 2018. “The Development of Social Capital in Pathum Thani Province Towards Sustainable Development Based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy.” PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (1): 314-320. Sripetch, S. 2018. Interview. Tatiyalapha, D. & Khotcharit, C. 2017. “Living and Arable Land Management: the Case Study of Phuetudom Subdistrict, Lamlukka District, Pathumthani Province.” VRU Research and Development Journal, Humanities and Social Sciences 12 (2): 299- 311. Tatiyalapha, D. & Khotcharit, C. 2018. Living And Harvesting Land Management Model Building in Puechudom Sub District, Lamlukka District, Pathumthani Province. Pathumthani: Community Organizations Development Institute (Public Organization) CODI. Thairath Online. 2018. Thailand won Russia and Turkey and has Become the Most Unequal Country in the World. Retrieved from www.thairath.co.th/content/143863 0. The Committee of the Title Deeds and Residence Driven Force of Wang Sombun and Wang Thong Subdistrict, Wang Sombun district, Sa Kaeo province. 2014. The Information of Driven Force for Requesting for Title Deeds and Residence of People who Live in Wang Sombun Subdistrict, Wang Sombun District, Sa Kaeo Province. Sa Kaeo: Wang Sombun district, Sa Kaeo province.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [7]

Civic Education through the Process of Creating a Citizenship in Democracy of Thailand

Pisak Kalyanamitra Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Aphisit Bunchanthuek Collegian, University of Hamburg, Germany E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 29 December 2018 Revised: 22 March 2019 Accepted: 30 June 2019

Abstract Citizenship is an important part of government activities. It is important so governments in Western societies pay attention and be concrete. There are academic contents published in the Western society extensively. Democratic citizenship process has a role and significance in government activities in Western societies such as the Federal Republic of Germany where there are successes in the process of creating citizenship. Germany case sets example for analyzing the process of citizenship by using a learning process based on educational innovation called “Citizen Education”, having youths as the main target groups that have learned about democratic citizenship and using the integration of spatial work with the general citizen group. The concept of the process of creating democratic citizenship in Thailand is still limited. However, there is a continuing study of the work under the domestic political situation with political factors in terms of social inequality. Thailand still has to study the effects of such factors continuously in order to correct the situation, to be an opportunity, to reach the status of citizens, to develop citizenship process and to create a democratic social atmosphere in society. Keywords: Civic Education, Citizenship, Democracy

Introduction "People" who will be hopeful in solving the problems of the country are not the people who made their own livelihood but must be a citizen who elevates himself to be a "citizen"-a participant in democratic development. They have a public mind to see the common benefits rather than personal interests and have responsibility and ready to be a leader of change at all levels. This is a "citizen" which is an important factor in the progress of democracy. The study of the importance of civil politics in current conditions shows the participation from the people. The public forum is a way to draw citizens to participate in solving problems that affect them. People took part in determining the direction of the social community for policies that are suitable for the area and that are in line with the needs that are different from people in the area. Politics that received attention is the politics with a voice of citizens. These things are essential in Thai democratic society. What the regime will gain from citizen participation is the strength of citizens to strengthen the regime. The process of creating democratic citizenship is therefore a deep hope for Thai society to bring democracy out of the political vicious circle. We cannot say that creating citizenship had never happened in Thai society. But why, over the past 56 years, this course does not

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [8] create citizens to develop the country in concrete ways. Many of the problems were discussed in Thai education. Various contextual situations of education are obstacles to citizen development. There is educational management both in the system and outside the system and both public and private sectors, independent organizations, academic institutions, etc. The atmosphere of a democratic society may not be able to compete in the economic competition or social security with many countries. The model is therefore important in bringing successful processes to be suitable for our political situation or social conditions. Civic education is a course developed from Germany where the economy was recovered after breaking the Berlin Wall in 1990. Even though the social conditions still have some problems in the development gap and the emergence of a social crisis that has been divided and created a lot of problems, Germany is still stepping up to become the economic leader of the European Union. Citizenship course, such as Civic education, is a part that develops German citizens and is recognized around the world.

Differences: Ratsadon, People, Citizen Citizenship of Thai people can choose to study in a variety of contexts but "Democracy citizenship" is suitable for education in the context of democratic political learning. As Aristotle said "Man is by nature a political animal. People outside the state, if not more than humans must be low that humans" (Crick, 2002 cited in Jittruek, 2014: 11-15). In Thai society, cultivating citizenship often comes in the form of education but education cannot reach the status of citizens in bringing democratic ways to be a part of the Thai way of life. The political situation that is violent is not mentioned in order to learn in a society like the country that develops democracy like the West. The political foundation of the past with absolute monarchy still has an effect under the expression of citizens until now. When referring to the word "citizen", these three words may be said in the overall image of the person. The meaning and role of the person from the above three words are significantly different because the Thai society in the past ruled in the monarchy for a long time. Under the Western colonial situation caused Thai rulers of the past to have the power to be judged by the king's heart or Absolute Monarchy. A need to adjust to the modernization of Thailand came from the reign of Rama III and IV by King Rama IV who studied English deeply and used the word "Siam" to indicate the territory under his supervision .The people at that time had almost no participation or recognition from the word "Siam" to indicate their nationality or even among intellectuals. The nobles and lords were still confused with the word "nation" (Nation) that whether it is significant and how is it significant. Because only the national leadership class had ideas flow to start developing the country. Administration was concentrated in the palace with the continued use of slave labor for the people. The way of life of the people at that time was only to look at the ground. (Sriyakul & Jermsittiparsert, 2017: 19-31) National development or participation in state affairs of the people can only spend in the small market system that is free of folk that has little impact on the national economy. This type of labor was to be developed for the country and for your own boss to increase the rank. This is just one contextual view that citizenship cannot be achieved in Thai society at that time because there is still oppression. The Siam Reform took place seriously during the reign of King Rama V. and this reform came from avoiding the colonization of the colonial country at that time. (Sethabutra, 2014: 43) .The definition of a state with four elements began in this reform. Sovereignty was in the care of the absolute monarchy. There was a government in the palace to guarantee visitors and a center of power in the administration of the country. (Theerawekin, 2000: 134-137). The abolition of the commoners and slaves caused the people to have freedom in their occupation. Study and the birth of a professional military system can increase productivity according to the needs of international trade expansion. The country can see that the abolition

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [9] of the common system is more important than the abolition of slavery because it is the liberation of most people of the country to be truly independent. However, the characteristics of citizens who are involved in the activities of the state still remain stagnant because the government system holds constant absolute monarchy. Political activities are still concentrated in the power of the country's elite. All of this shows the evolution of the role of the people in the country. People play an important role in development and are an important mechanism to drive the economy by linking the dimensions to see that the people are just a part of the elements of the state and not taking the role to participate in political activities. People develop themselves in their careers in order to seek comfort in their current lives by receiving benefits in the form of economic growth in the country which is currently important on the world stage. At present, the strength of the country may come from a solid economic foundation but democracy has to be stable and strong with more respondent needs of people. Citizens are the answer to the strength of democracy because citizens must have a role to play in government activities- Control the government's work until becoming a part of national development-. Citizenship must be politically active while simultaneously with his own life. At present, there is a need for a highly active citizen. Citizens have a culture and responsibility. Responsibility of citizens will include civic engagement, love for freedom, and assume that they have basic duties for the country together (Burikul et al., 2014: 375). There are the efforts from community to be self-reliant in solving problems from the cooperation of people in the community without waiting for support from government policies. This should not be interrupted by any group or organization and should expand the success of working together to the district level. Such citizens are among the citizens of the democratic regime (Laemtham, 2009: 165). All forms of local administrative organizations were established to serve the public to maintain and provide public services efficiently and effectively for the benefit and satisfaction of the people as well as to ensure that no matter which part of the public will receive public services in the same minimum standard resulting in a better quality of life for people. (Kalayanamitra and Ngramlamom, 2018: 172-193).

Influence of the Concept of Civic Education: Success Factors in the Process of Citizenship Creating The concept of civic education from the Federal Republic of Germany has a great reputation for achieving citizenship. But there are other external factors that make the concept successful, namely the learning curriculum setting up by the German government. There are three characteristics of citizenship in Germany (Beaugrand, 2016: 581-596): (1) citizens who respect each other's ideas (2) common citizen joint responsibility and (3) a citizen with patience. The function of the course is to be able to create citizens in such a framework to achieve concrete results and spread out the work in various regions in the country to have systematic and serious citizen learning with supervision from government agencies to support the budget. This kind of learning in Germany focuses on young students who have already learned political history focusing on this democratic learning which can learn or can exchange more than the classroom. Youth is very popular in role play where democratic learning within the classroom talks about content history by only 20% with another 80% belongs to dialogue. There are many reasons that require citizens to learn to solve problems. One will be because a democratic society arises to solve problems with peace, therefore, civic education or education to create a citizen in a democratic society (Civic Education) is an important mechanism or process to create citizenship. The term civic education or education to build citizens in Germany or also known as political education, is a political education because education about civic education is that people, citizens, are taught to prepare to be built in order to protect or to have political rights. Civic education is a

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [10] pillar of democratic development for Germany where this process is used to drive the system continuously. It is a mission because the constitution specified this duty which state cannot be denied. State has to create a framework for the citizen profile that the country needs. The process is happening. The state must be a citizen builder. The state has to pay to support the creation of knowledge, skills and activities that enable democracy to build off-school skills. There are various projects .Many projects are outside the school for the general public. Curriculum is developed through scientific processes under the context of a dynamic world society. The policy of creating citizens is therefore targeting new groups by giving priority to civil society citizens of general citizen of all groups that need more learning and have a need to solve problems that occur throughout society. Conceptual frameworks are still under framed but the guidelines of citizenship creation can be provided as followed; 1. Learning about social rights (Social rights)-The process is to set the stage in the manner of public issues both inside and outside the country. At present, the immigrant crisis from the Middle East causes German society to have problems and get ready to act in the dissemination of information without guidance what should the country do for immigrants? Just present the information, problems and proposals for German citizens to deal with immigrants on social rights that migrants rely on under the human rights framework. It should be about to allow citizens to learn about their problems and have their own guidelines and needs as well as academic information 2. Learning about skills in the form of empowerment with local governments and the role of world citizens-The issue of skills in using power with the local government is a new matter for German citizens because German society has ties to political history that has a central government as a moderator German citizens learn to use their own citizenship from many government agencies, support and drive the needs of citizens by listening to needs and using information and technology to listen to issues from all professional groups. 3. Modern democratic learning. The liberal society of the world changes, competition under the current high economic situation will use the role of scholarships for business learning and being private (Achavanuntakul, 2015: 12-17). The most desired thing is about the issue on new innovations and creativity in various electronic media technologies for further development of the country. The process of creating citizenship in such dimensions is enabled Germany to have citizens effective for education in many countries. (Institute of Educational Policy under the Education Policy Promotion Foundation, 2014: 11-25) as well as under the political organization from a political party that has to rely on the role of social responsibility. It is found that the external factors that make the process successful are of significant importance as follows; 1. The factors from political history: It was found that during the time of World War II Germany had an important role in both world wars. There is an important part in the learning of citizens. Despite the presence of a leader of the Nazi Party (Lange, 2016: 53-65) that symbolizes the military dictatorship, the ability in the situation of national economic development being in line with the policies of the Nazi Party but the citizens learned that the use of force and the dictatorial policies until causing great damage throughout the country. (Schneider, 2005: 346-361).When combining the country with the power of citizens, learning about the sharing of Western citizens is very important in the development of the country. That is to say, sharing this is not only sharing the resources of help. The subsequent development is about sharing the value of faith and accepting differences that make civic education in Germany successful. 2. National development factors: When Germany integrated the country, the national reconstruction policy continues to be effective and efficient causing Germany to be the economic leader of the European Union. The policy after restoring the country that affects the way of citizens is Welfare state-a social system in which the state guarantees equal rights to

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [11] all people in the basic factors necessary for a good quality of life-. When the economic situation of citizens is stable, it should enable citizens to be able to cooperate with government activities and believe in a political system that can lead the country to progress 3. Technology factors: The development of technology in the Western is more developed than in the east. But overall, the West has more potential in developing a technology that has a definite positive impact on enough potential citizens. The process of creating a citizen of Germany continues its activities and use technology to allow citizens to quickly access development content under the information flow quickly through communication technology. For example, information on the number of immigrants from the Middle East that have destinations in countries that are ready to live better lives like Germany (Nordsieck, 2016: 89-90) allows German citizens to gather government inspections and reasonably demanding solutions.

Process that should be concrete in Thailand: A democratic social atmosphere The process of creating democratic citizenship according to the concept or the theory of democratic principles that have a long history and development can be considered from the evolution of democracy in Germany since the rule of the Nazi Party (Vanichphetong, 2016: 3-5) which influenced the ideas from political thinkers and philosophers. Both from the old era that originated from the ancient Greek state and the new era in the 17th-20th century, including religious influences economic change and in the present, the context and concept of globalization with modern democratic society with the concept of working in a particular bureaucracy has resulted in a strong democracy in Germany and developed into a sequence that has become a demand for citizens in developing countries. However, the development of democracy in Thailand with a regime is confused by the political ideology of conflict and the old power of the military. In addition, developing a democratic system to be strong, stable and sustainable is not an issue that can be easily achieved. A political scientist who studies democracy in the new era, Adam Przeworski said that "The democracy is not that the state gives democracy and people want, and democracy can only happen. Democracy must have citizens who have the ability to exercise their rights and obligations." (Maier and Maier, 2000: 4) This may lead to the development of democracy in Thailand, conducting activities without direction and increasing problems for the country. The process of creating a Thai citizen that is still considered a new matter and does not show any evidence in concrete development from researching the strengthening of the people found only in government organizations, such as King Prajadhipok's Institute (Tantisunthorn, 2012: 49-51), which is an organization of strengthening of democracy and has a duty to promote and develop in all aspects. The work of the King Prajadhipok's Institute is responsible for a large structure in the democratic development of the country. Strategies in the process of creating citizens for democratic development consist of: Starting from creating a network of political knowledge, allowing citizens to learn about rights through the civil politics center in each area, and Developing the potential of the center in the capacity of the leader or member of the center with continue to build a collaborative network. Later, it was found that each area is different. Space development cannot use all the same processes causing the need to adjust the new work to choose a specific area of work to carry out all the capabilities of the institution in creating citizens and using various projects in direct access to areas and target groups. The process of creating citizenship becomes the importance of citizens in the current global society situation. It is unavoidable that citizens are important people and have high demand. However, various problems-Both political issues, economic problems, social sequel problems-lead to problems in accessing the education system. Even though everyone has

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [12] access to education, it is still a problem that Thai society still needs a big change. Many of these problems affect citizenship. However, the German society is experiencing these crises as well. Learning history and finding ways to use all of these situations for people to participate in learning. Thai citizenship process must study the strategy seriously and use the crisis period to create opportunities for the integration of previously contradictory ideas. We must find a way out in a peaceful way and learn to live together as a developed democratic society. The best practices for Thailand are as follows. 1. Promoting the development of curriculum for democratic citizenship in accordance with the concept of pluralism and modern democracy. 2. Promoting the process of creating citizenship to reach the target group with diverse needs and with different areas by consider studying the needs of citizens in each area seriously and by integrating with local government organizations in the area and making guidelines for the development of local government organizations to be stable and sustainable according to the principles of good governance in 1) Development of management competencies 2) Principles of public participation and 3) decentralization in management (Kalyanamitra et al, 2017: 65- 67) 3. Promoting understanding of political activities that are not political guidance to reduce attitudes towards political ideology because the study found that the current process cannot make people learn the democratic way that is open to ideas If it still leads to what the institution wants to create Regardless government or government agencies are serious in various policies, how the process has the direction to be possible? One of the conditions for enhancing citizenship is the democratic atmosphere in the country. Atmosphere of opinions, rights and freedom is an important part in the process of creating citizenship because if Thailand is lack of these atmospheres, the cooperation and interest of the people in cooperation with the process will not be possible because people may feel fear of participating in citizenship activities or may cause people to not be open to ideas and still have negative attitudes that may cause conflict. When the conflict from political ideology persists, listening to each other is the principle of democracy.

Conclusion: Influence from Body of Knowledge to Development The trend of citizenship in Thailand is becoming a new issue and a solution for the political situation that remains. Along with the success of creating citizenship from many countries makes it more noticeable that strong citizens will be able to develop and build a stable democracy. Circulation of information in the era of globalization and modern democracy drives Thailand to have access to information and guidelines for creating citizenship with good direction .What is needed is only the clarity and seriousness of the government. Thailand could take the German approach that begins with defining the characteristics that the government wants to feature and use the learning process from youth development curriculum for teaching in the classroom in the form of a democratic principle and studying the civic education program to be used to find the strengths of Thai citizens. So if the economy is sustainable, society will be strong, coming from strong citizens and the link between the relationship system of social capital systems with sustainability. (Ngamlamom, 2016: 593-601) Sufficiency economy philosophy and participation from various social relationships that changes to a modern, capitalist style emphasizing economic growth while simultaneously and organizing a new society to facilitate modernization must meet (Kalyanamitra, 2018: 12-14) Cooperation between organizations, the government, education agency, education expert and academic institutions will drive the whole system. Therefore it will develop a course that can make learning, building skills and real attitude to be inserted at all levels of education and

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [13] continuous practice. The details that differ between educational levels will make learning as a citizen continuously and will not make the curriculum to create citizenship as such as an extra activity. Increasing workload for young people create stress for learners and instructors. The study of appropriate details can be seen in all dimensions, including social, economic, political or cultural. The context in each area is different. Public and private organizations must create work that is integrated together. We have to create a democratic learning society for democracy to be a learning process. Concept of politics has to be developed. People cannot avoid the effects of political situations at the community or national level. The political situations that citizens face, they must have more than one perception and transform it into critical learning by adhering to the principles of the right democracy to practice through political activities (Civic action). Creating an atmosphere of open political dialogue in listening and finding out from various disputes (Public discourse) has to be done because it is inevitable that human society under democratic rule is based on the need to resolve problems with reason in the atmosphere of listening to each other. Experiences for citizens especially during the time when the political and administrative situation are dynamic and the citizens began to understand the politics as an inevitable relationship of people in society because politics will determine their existence and identity an important mechanism that has driven the society to be a learning society (Crick, 2008 cited in Jitruek, 2014: 16-20) The development of knowledge and skills of the people has the opportunity to develop the country to be more stable than the number of sensitive economic developments. This is easy to change by beginning to look for possibilities in the process of creating democratic citizenship in Thailand when the country is facing this crisis of thought. It is considered that there is an opportunity to receive public attention if we create an atmosphere for exercising proper freedom of the civic education program from the Federal Republic of Germany which is appropriate in both principles and reasons to be a part of citizen development.

References Achavanuntakul, S. 2015. Maya Energy. Bangkok: Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung. Achavanuntakul, S. 2018. Digital Future. Bangkok: Openworlds. Beaugrand, G. 2016. “Die Konrad Adenauer - Stiftung.” Konrad Adenauer-Stiftung 31: 581-596. Bureekul, T. et al. 2014. Thai Citizen: Citizenship Creation in Democracy. Bangkok: King Prachadhipok’s Institute. Crick, B. 2002. Democracy. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Crick, B. 2008. The Sage Handbook of Education for Citizenship and Democracy. London: Sage. Institute of Educational Policy under the Education Policy Promotion Foundation. (2014). Guidelines for building a democratic society. Bangkok: Institute of Educational Policy under the Education Policy Promotion Foundation. Jittruek, A. 2014. 21st Century Skills: Rethinking How Students Learn. Bangkok: Open World Sat. Kalyanamitra, P. 2018. “The Development of Social Capital in Pathum Thani Province Towards Sustainable Development Based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy.” PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (1): 17-22. Kalayanamitra, P. & Ngramlamom, W. 2018. “Development Guidelines of Solid Waste Management in Local Government.” Prae-wa Klasin Journal of Kalasin University 5 (1): 172-193. Kalyanamitra, P. et al. 2017. “Causal Factors of Success in the Good Governance Implementation of Local Administrative Organizations in Central Region, Thailand.” Asian Political Science Review 1 (2): 65-67.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [14]

Laemtham, E. 2009. West-East ... Who created the modern world. Bangkok: Matichon. Lange, C. 2016. “Berlin-yesterday and today Confronting the Nazi period.” Konrad - Adenauer-Stiftung: Studies in Popular Culture 31(1): 53-65. Limsiritong, N. 2016. “The Deadlock of ASEAN Dispute Settlement Mechanisms and Why ASEAN Cannot Unlock It?.” RSU International Journal of College of Government. 3 (1): 18-25. Maier, T. and Maier, N. 2000. The future of democratic society. Germany: Friedrich-Ebert- Stiftung. Munsap, S. 2015. Education for Citizen Creation: Foundation of Citizen Politics. Bangkok: King Prachadhipok’s Institute. Ngamlamom, W. 2016. The Development Guidelines of Thailand in ASEAN Community. Bangkok: Kasetsart University. Nordsieck, W. 2016. The database about parliamentary elections and political parties in Europe, Parties-and - Elections. New York: McGraw-Hill. Pechkong, C. 2016. Development and Declination of the Republic of Germany. Chiangrai: Internal Management Systems in Educational Institutions. Permpoonsap, S. 2015. Citizen Awareness Creation. Bangkok: King Prachadhipok’s Institute. Schneider, P. 2005. Struktur und Organisation des Bildungswesens in Bundesstaaten. London: David Fulton. Sethabutra, N. 2014. Political House Cause. Bangkok: King Prajadhipok's Institute. Sriyakul, T., & Jermsittiparsert, K. 2017. “Politicization of Rice Price: Who Gain and Who Lose from the Populist Policies to Intervene Rice Price in Thailand?.” Asian Political Science Review 1 (1): 19-31. Theerawekin, L. 2000. Politics and Government. Bangkok: Thammasat University.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [15]

Integrated Causal Factors For and Guidance on the Enhancement of Transparency in Local Administrative Organizations in Northeastern Thailand

Sanyasorn Swasthaisong Faculty of Management Science, Sakon Nakhon Rajabhat University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 14 February 2019 Revised: 29 April 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract Thailand is still perceived as corrupt with the latest report issued by Transparency International (Transparency International, 2017) showing that Thailand was ranked 96th (out of 180 countries) with the score of 37 (out of 100), up from 35 in the year 2016), and within the ASEAN countries, it was ranked 5th. These corruption problems are generally attributed to the work behaviors of the state officials concerned. It’s mixed methodology. Qualitative data were collected from 24 key informants in a focus group discussion and 12 experts in an in-depth interview. Quantitative data were collected from 400 LAOs staff across the northeast of the country. Results revealed that all the factors in the structural equation model were positively correlated at the significant level of 0.01. Leadership of administrators was found to have the highest direct effect on transparency of LAOs, followed by public participation, attitudes towards transparency, organizational culture, and organizational politics. Public participation was found to have the highest indirect effect. All the factors in the model could account for the transparency of LAOs by 82.70 per cent. To enhance transparency, it was recommended that administrators set a good precedent in matters pertaining to decentralization of power, clear viewpoints on anti-corruption, teamwork encouragement, compliance with rules and regulations, and more public participation in the monitoring and assessing the performance of the LAOs. Keywords: Transparency, Integrated Causal Factors, Enhancement, Local Administrative Organization

Introduction Measures for preventing and tackling the problem of corruption in Thailand are abundant and these include such measures as immediate supervision, evaluation, and prosecution, as well as awarding the whistle-blower and penalizing the wrong doer, but one important factor that could be highly effective in the fight against acts of corruption is transparency. According to Jenpuengpon et.al. (2017), the detection of a case of corruption is unlikely if there is no published disclosure of the organizations or persons concerned, hence unlikeliness for bringing the corrupt parties to justice. From the standpoint of international community, Thailand is still perceived as somewhat corrupt with the latest report issued by Transparency International (Transparency International, 2018) showing that Thailand ranks 96 (out of 180) with the score of 37 (out of 100),up from 35 in 2016). Like six other countries which also rank 96 in the corruption perception index 2017-Brazil, Colombia, Indonesia, Panama, Peru, and Zambia, Thailand still has a lot to do to tackle the corruption problem which tarnishes the country's image and stands in the way of its progress and development.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [16]

Thailand has recently put in place the integrity and transparency assessment (ITA) of state agencies throughout the country, making it one of the most important strategies included in the national strategic plan for prevention and suppression of corruption. This development is seen as a preventive and proactive measure which has to be implemented by all the state agencies within the country. With the ITA, the government hopes that transparency, efficiency, and public services will be enhanced as can be seen in, for example, announcements of clear procedures and time to spend carrying out each task in a government office. To help boost the decentralization of power and enhancement of public participation in the administration of local government bodies, Local Administration Organizations (LAOs) have been established in Thailand as a form of local government. Other objectives of the LAOs are to directly address the problems and meet the needs of the local people and at the same time promote democratic administration with the participation by the people. In other words, to place more power in citizens’ hands, to increase democratic accountability and to make it easier for local people to contribute to the local decision making process and help shape public services are also its objectives. The LAOs are therefore more closely related to the majority of the people in the country than other government bodies, and they have more influential roles to play which directly impact the people in the respective areas. Meanwhile, the LAOs need to create good and positive images to entrust the people with their administrative effectiveness by presenting wholesome images in terms of transparent administration, honesty, integrity, and public participation at all levels. Reports on cases of corruption in Thailand, however, indicate that sub-district municipalities are the local government bodies that have been heavily involved in corruption cases. Acts of corruption have been attributed to many factors, but one important factor that is the individual work behavior of the staff at a sub-district municipality. Moreover, reports by the State Audit Office points to some causes involving acts of corruption by state officers such as cash short which results from embezzlements of budgets or other state properties and items such as fuel. Puang-ngam (2006) summarized seven causes of corruption acts commonly found in Thailand's local administrative organizations and these include budget preparation, individual nature, loopholes in laws and regulations, lack of knowledge and integrity, lack of public relations, lack of cross-checking by other parties, and individualized authority and effect. By the same token, a recent study by the Office of Public Sector Anti-Corruption Commission (PACC, 2018) revealed 3 forms of corruption found in local administrative organizations- revenue collection, budget implementation, and procurement and supplies management. The first form of corruption pertains to revenue collection. Examples of corruption acts include a lack of a system for cross-checking the reception and payment of taxes, staff's flouting the rules and regulations concerned, and the people bribing the officers and the and the officers taking bribes. Another example of this kind of corruption is an unusually low tax estimation on the part of the officer in charge to help his or her own business or their acquaintances. The corruption acts pertain to budget management involves political networks in which local and national politicians act in tandem with state officers responsible for preparing budgets and projects. These seemingly professional project developers prepare and propose subsidiary plans in a way that a big project is further divided into several smaller schemes which can bypass the procurement and supplies management and price competition process. Finally, the corrupt procurement and supplies management exits in every step of the process. The authorities and parties concerned work hand in glove when they are in the process of determining the central price, price competition, inspection and acceptance of purchased items, and the payment.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [17]

Pertaining to the administration and public service provision, it is undeniable that the LAOs are wanting in the effectiveness and transparency, rendering them inefficient in responding to the needs of the local people. NESDB (NESDB, 2017: 61) reports that the inefficiency is due partly to the centralized power structure in which the central, regional and local administrations are overlapping and the lack of integrated networks of operation based on the public participation. Moreover, additional issues add to the questionable images of the LAOs, including inappropriate task assignment for the LAOs which are underprepared for such tasks as providing basic services for the public. Acquisition of power in some LAOs is not transparent, and this results in an ineffective follow-up system for the assessment of budget implementation. The researcher was therefore keen on investigating the work transparency of the LAOs in the Northeast of Thailand. The results from the study could be used as a solid body of knowledge on the development and enhancement of work integrity and transparency within the LAOs at all levels-provincial, regional, and national. With improved work integrity and transparency, the LAOs would be perceived as government bodies with good images, hence meeting the government's urgent issues and Thailand's better image in the eye of the international communities. The foregoing literature review has landed the author several causal factors pertaining to the transparency of administration within LAOs. Therefore, to examine the integrity and transparency of LAOs and relevant body of knowledge for the sake of enhanced positive images towards LAOs and their transparency as well as meeting the current government's pressing concerns, the present investigation was carried out. The following questions were addressed in this study: 1) What are the attributes of transparency? 2) What are the integrated causal factors for the transparency of the LAOs in the northeast of Thailand? 3) What guidance is derived for enhancing the transparency of the LAOs in the northeast of Thailand?

Literature Review Work transparency in local administrative organizations is the way in which the administration of a local government organization is implemented in an open and accountable manner and outside stakeholders are given access to all the information concerned. Transparency can be demonstrated through several procedures including loud and clear communication, accountability, readiness for appraisal, and reliable measures for evaluation and assessment. The six elements of transparency has been synthesized from various sources (King Prajathipok's Institute, 2005; Transparency International, 2003; The National Anti- corruption Commission, 2017) by the researcher from the literature included personnel administration, organizational structures and authority, compliance with rules and regulations, procurement and supplies management, disclosure of and access to information, public services, and budget management. Causal factors leading to work transparency Based on the literature, the author of the present investigation has synthesized 8 categories of the factors that cause work transparency the details of which are as follows: 1. Knowledge about transparency: Knowledge is theoretically instrumental in recollection and comprehension. What is recalled includes definitions, facts, theories, structures, solutions to problems, and relevant standards. Recalling is therefore attributed to comprehension and knowledge of the information synthesized. In this study, the researcher synthesized the information from several resources including Thailand's Official Information Act (B.E. 2540), the Government Procurement and Supplies Management Act, BE 2560, and the Royal

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [18]

Decree on Criteria and Procedures for Good Governance, B.E.2546 (2003). Based on the synthesized information, three elements of transparency emerged: procurement and supplies management, disclosure of and access to public information, and good governance. 2. Public participation: Participation in public administration by the people is generally in practice in liberal democratic countries. It is a form of administration in which people's demand is catered to under the notion that when the people are allowed to participate in the government administration, efficiency of the administration will improve and public services will be provided more effectively because the people can supervise to what extent their basic rights are protected. According to Ketsuwan (2013), more work transparency in government agencies can be achieved through public participation. In this regard, the researcher summarized six elements of public participation from various sources (such as Wasi, 1998; Kaewhanam, 2011; Sompong, 2013; Puang-ngam, 2012; Cohen & Upoff, 1998): co-thinking, co-planning, cooperation, co-evaluation, reinforcement, and creation of community networks. 3. Administrator's leadership: Leadership in this respect refers to effective leadership in terms of appropriateness, compatibility of the leader, followers, and task. In the words of Chongvisan (2013) leadership is fomented within "a human psyche"(p.10). The effectiveness of leadership also relies on the environments within an organization such as its commitment and transformation leadership. Transformational leadership further enhances farsightedness and aspiration among the followers, hence their being integrity-oriented staff. Four elements of leadership is synthesized and summarized from Bass and Availio (1994, Chongvisan (2013), Swasthaisong (2018), and Yukl (2013) as follows: ideological influence, aspiration, intellectual stimulation, and individualism. 4. Organizational culture: Organizational culture involves two sides of the organization-the organizational life and the individual life. It is important for fabricating the patterns of behaviours and life within an organization. It also controls the organization by means of a code of conduct aiming to consolidate unity within the organization. It is nowadays widely recognized that to manage an organization effectively, it is vital that the management of organizational culture must be prioritized (Jittaruttha, 2017). Therefore, four elements of organizational culture was synthesized and summarized from the literature (Jittaruttha, 2017; Chongvisan, 2018; Koompai, 2010; Handy, 1991) as follows: club culture, role culture, task culture, and extistential cuture. 5. Participatory administration: In participatory administration, a leader or administrator opens the opportunity for the staff members within an organization to voice their views and concern over the activities to implement or that have been implemented in line with the goals initially set. With participation in a decision making process involving any strategies or projects, the staff's morale and sense of responsibility are boosted. As a result, conflicts within the organization are contained and all the staff members press ahead with the achievement of the organization. Three elements of participatory administration were synthesized and summarized from the literature (Swansburg, 1996; Sudjari, 2000; Thariboon, 2016) as follows: freedom in organizational management, organizational commitment, and co-formulation of objectives and goals. 6. Organizational politics: Politics in an organization is a common phenomenon abundantly occurring in Thailand's organizations, in both public and private sectors. In Thailand societies where collectivism and cronyism are salient, reciprocity is seen as an indispensible act, and therefore it is a vital factor for indicating behaviours of an organization such as integrity, accountability, indiscrimination. According to Chuavalli, 2004) In a positive side, organizational politics is in the form of standing up against the wrong doing, but at the same time putting the achievement of work before playing favourites. The two elements of organizational politics were summarized from the literature (Grandz & Murray, 1990)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [19]

Chuavalli, 2004; Lorsuwanrat, 2008; Vigoda, 2000): General organizational politics and compliance without getting involved in a conflict. 7. Attitudes towards transparency: This type of attitude is basically a result of a person's interaction between his current circumstances and form mental traits. By this definition, a person's past mental traits can be changed in accordance with the current circumstance he is facing. An attitude affects a person as seen in various actions he demonstrates. A theory about attitudes (Allport, 1967) posits that attitudes can be learned, and therefore can be changed; while at the same they can remain unchanged at a certain time. Researchers (Ajzen & Fishbein, 1975) also confirm that attitudes stimulate a human's determination and as a consequence interaction. Based on the literature (Ajze & Fishbein, 1975; Tharapot, 1991; Panthumnawin, 2010; Swasthaisong, 2018), three elements of attitudes towards transparency were derived: cognition, emotion, and behaviour. 8. Work value: Work value is an individual belief or thought which needs time to form and finally constitute a person's way of life. Value determines how an individual behaves. People with similar value tend to assimilate into a community. In essence, work value is demonstrated both in terms of content and intensity. The following five elements of work value was derived from the literature (Juito, 2008; Chongvisan, 2013; Panthumnavin, 1989; Rokeach, 1961) and investigated in this study: steadfastness with the right, honesty and responsibility, straightforwardness and accountability, indiscrimation, and achievement- oriented task.

Methodology Design A mixed methods design was adopted for the present study which involved three phases: Phase 1 was concerned with reviewing related literature and generating the conceptual framework of the study based on the data derived from a focus group interview with 24 key informants; Phase 2 related to a quantitative study of the integrated causal factors for the effective transparency of LAOs in the northeast using a self-response questionnaire; and Phase 3 recommendations for enhancing the effective transparency, using an in-depth interview with 12 informants. Participants Twenty key informants were purposively selected from local administrative organizations, external independent organizations, Civil society and Public administration scholars for the focus group discussion. 400 staff from 5 types of local administrative organizations in northeastern Thailand were selected through a stratified random sampling method. The 5 types of local administrative organizations included city municipalities, district municipalities, sub-district municipalities, sub-district administrative organizations, and provincial administrative organizations. The criterion for determining the sample size for analysis in a SEM was based on the 1:20 ratio of the sample size needed for the determination in a SEM analysis (Enders, 2001, as cited in Kessung, 2006). Instruments and data analysis 1. A focus group discussion was used as a tool for collecting the qualitative data from 24 key informants purposively selected for the purpose of the present study. The data were recorded and transcribed, and then analyzed using the content analysis method. 2. A test of knowledge of transparency in administration (TKTA) (with difficulty index (p) value ranging between 0.20-0.80, and KR20 value = 0.85) and a five-scale Likert's type questionnaire (Discrimination index value (r) between 0.42-0.85 and Cronbach's alpha co- efficient reliability = 0.989) were used for collecting the quantitative data. 3. An in-depth interview was used for collecting the qualitative data from 7 experts on the transparency in administration. The data were analyzed using content analysis.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [20]

Results 1. The results from the focus group discussion As derived from the 25 key informants, it was found that the attributes of effective transparency in the administration of LAOs in the Northeast were six-fold. They could be structured from the most important to the least one as follows: Compliance with rules and regulations; procurement and supplies management; disclosure of and access to official information; personnel management; organizational structure; and budget management. Most of the informants agreed that effective law enforcement was the most important integrated causal factor for the effective transparency of administration in the LAOs. The next influential factors in order of importance included: awareness of anti-corruption; participatory administration; leadership; state officials' values; public participation; positive attitudes towards transparency; knowledge and understanding about transparency; civil society networks; standards of performance and assessment; organizational culture; and organizational politics. 2. The results of confirmatory factor analysis of structural equation modeling (SEM) The results of the analysis of the SEM indicated that the model of the factors for transparency of administration in the LAOs in the Northeast was consistent with the empirical data, taking into account the IOC indexes including χ2= 112.024, df= 64, P-Value = 0.083, CFI =0.911, TLI= 0.915, SRMR= 0.004, RMSEA=0.003 and χ2/df = 1.750, respectively. The construct reliability(c) of all the variables was between 0.965-0.998, which was higher than the criterion of 0.60, and the construct validity of the variables were in consistence with the criterion, as shown in Table 1.

Table 1 Results of the confirmatory factor analysis of the structural equation model of knowledge, public participation, organizational culture, leadership of administrators, organizational politics, participatory administration, attitudes towards transparency, work values, and transparency Latent variables Observed Factor S.E. Z-test Residual R2 variables loadings ( ) Knowledge KNO1 0.448** 0.048 9.332 0.976 0.201** (KNO) KNO2 0.863** 0.048 17.795 0.349 0.745** KNO3 0.679** 0.046 14.856 0.801 0.461** Public participation PP1 0.857** 0.015 56.246 0.266 0.734** (PP) PP2 0.924** 0.009 97.939 0.135 0.854** PP3 0.865** 0.014 60.586 0.294 0.749** PP4 0.852** 0.015 55.163 0.339 0.726** PP5 0.838** 0.016 50.989 0.314 0.703** PP6 0.863** 0.014 59.962 0.295 0.744** Organizational CUL1 0.938** 0.007 135.886 0.107 0.881** culture CUL2 0.956** 0.005 178.352 0.080 0.913** (CUL) CUL3 0.966** 0.005 212.527 0.063 0.933** CUL4 0.877** 0.012 70.900 0.244 0.768** Leadership of LEA1 0.353** 0.045 7.781 0.781 0.125** administrators LEA2 0.820** 0.018 45.383 0.240 0.673** (LEA) LEA3 0.946** 0.009 108.650 0.077 0.895** LEA4 0.919** 0.010 87.959 0.146 0.844**

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [21]

Table 1 (Con.) Latent variables Observed Factor S.E. Z-test Residual R2 variables loadings ( ) Organizational POL1 0.852** 0.015 58.742 0.264 0.727** politics POL2 0.972** 0.005 201.482 0.063 0.945** (POL) POL3 0.954** 0.006 160.897 0.101 0.911** Participatory PM1 0.821** 0.023 35.392 0.657 0.674** administration PM2 0.871** 0.021 40.736 0.215 0.758** (PM) PM3 0.745** 0.028 26.729 0.356 0.555** Attitudes towards ATT1 0.786** 0.023 34.610 0.278 0.619** Transparency ATT2 0.866** 0.017 50.524 0.174 0.750** (ATT) ATT3 0.873** 0.016 52.978 0.154 0.762** Work values VAL1 0.726** 0.025 28.701 0.430 0.527** (VAL) VAL2 0.846** 0.016 52.925 0.153 0.717** VAL3 0.927** 0.010 97.368 0.079 0.860** VAL4 0.872** 0.014 62.502 0.149 0.760** VAL5 0.859** 0.015 57.556 0.158 0.739** Transparency TRA1 0.827** 0.017 48.398 0.213 0.683** (TRA) TRA2 0.915** 0.010 96.063 0.096 0.837** TRA3 0.796** 0.019 41.157 0.340 0.634** TRA4 0.924** 0.009 105.280 0.107 0.854** TRA5 0.903** 0.011 85.872 0.155 0.816** TRA6 0.872** 0.013 66.471 0.198 0.761** R2 of the SEM for transparency (TRA) 0.827** **significant at the .01 level

It was found that most of the variables in the model were positively correlated at the significant levels. The factors that had direct effect on transparency were, in order of effect sizes, leadership of administrators (d=0.349**), public participation (d=0.265**), attitudes towards transparency (d=0.173**), organizational culture (d=0.136**), and organizational politics (d=0.099**). Public participation was found the have the highest indirect effect (d=0.436**). All the variables in the model could predict 82.70 per cent of the transparency, as indicated in Table 2

Table 2 Direct effect, indirect effect, and total effect of extraneous variables embedded in the causal factors for work transparency Output variable Work transparency Input variable Direct Effect Indirect Effect Total Effect KNO 0.033 0.092** 0.093 PP 0.021** 0.436** 0.646** LEA 0.267** 0.148** 0.415** CUL 0.275** 0.010 0.285** PM 0.019** 0.039 0.058 POL 0.057** 0.006 0.063** ATT 0.151** 0.054 0.205** VAL 0.080 - 0.080 R2 0.827

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [22]

3. The results from the in-depth interview regarding recommendations for enhancing transparency of the LAOs in the northeast The recommendations for enhancing transparency of the LAOs in the northeast were summarized as follows: LAOs administrators must not talk the talk, but they must walk the walk in regards to decentralization of power, transparency policy, teamwork implementation, strict law enforcement, and encouragement of public participation. They should adhere to the good practices of governance in developing the transparency. They should establish a network of cooperation among civil societies so that they have the chance to monitor the state officials' performance. They should create awareness of anti-corruption and appraisal of good citizens among the LAOs staff and the people in general. Finally, strict social measures should be devised and put into use in order that civic people could live happy lives but indecent ones face harsh social punishment.

Discussion The main findings in this study were consistent with previous studies. Swasthaisong (2018) confirmed that enhancing transparency of the universities in Sakon Nakhon province needs to focus on the transparent processes involving procurement and supplies management, personnel management, and academic affairs. Khopornprasert (2011) also found in her study of a development of standard practices for transparency in state agencies in Thailand that out of the 8 attributes of transparency, procurement and supplies management, provision of public services as well as personnel and budget managements emerged as the most important factors. Most of the variables in the SEM in this study were found to have positively significant effects on the transparency of the LAOs, especially in regards to leadership of administrators and followers' job satisfactions, and they could predict the transparency of the LAOs by more than 80 per cent. This finding was in accord with several past research findings (e.g. Chongvisal, 2013; Swasthaisong, 2018). In addition, politics in an organization was found to be one important factor that could affect transparency of the LAOs, and this finding was supported by Gandz and Murray (1980) who found that politics in organizations has several detrimental effects on the organizations, but at the same it is unavoidable for the administrators not to get involved in it. One recommendation derived from this research was that more disclosure of government information should be made in order that the people gain the opportunity of access the information. In this regard, Jenpuengpon et.al. (2017) recommended that the disclosure of official information must be of the same standard throughout all the government organizations. There must be a clearly stated minimum set of information to be disclosed. In addition, the whistle blower must be appropriately protected and the private sector and general public should have more opportunity to participate in an inspection and assessment of the government performance. Another recommendation for the enhancement of transparency in local government organizations derived from the present study was the more systematic and transparent management of budgets and imposing stiffer penalties for corruption cases. Both national studies (e.g. Swasthaisong, 2018) and international ones (e.g. Deng, 2018) well supported this aspect of recommendation offered in this study. In addition, there are a number of consistent research, including 1) Jermsittiparsert, Atsadamongkhon, & Sriyakul, (2015) who studied Politics in the Process of Local Development Plan: Case Study of the Lan Tak Fah Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Nakornchaisri, Nakornpathom 2) Srivithaya & Sonsuphap (2014) who studied "Guidelines on Corruption of Thai Listed Companies in the Stock Exchange 3) Kanyajit & Ketsil (2018) A study on "The Development of Anti- Corruption Network Potentiality 4) Watcharothai (2018)" The Studies for Guideline

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [23]

Protection of Public Corruption in Thailand 5) Phrakhruopatnontakitti, Watthanabut, & Jermsittiparsert (2019) who studied "Exploring the Link between Corruption, Environment Quality, Energy Consumption and Economic Growth: A Case for Selected ASEAN Countries."

Suggestions For implications 1. The six aspects of transparency should be emphasized for the sake of the enhancement of transparency of the LAOs in the northeast, and these aspects range from strict compliance with the concerned rules and regulations to budget management. 2. The causal factors which affect the transparency of LAOs in the northeast and must be prioritized in terms of the enhancement are leadership of administrators, followed by public participation, attitudes towards transparency, organizational culture, and politics in organizations, respectively. 3. Guidelines for enhancing transparency in local government organizations include: 1) Sufficient lifestyle. 2) Strict compliance with regulations and clear guidelines. 3) Improving laws to be timely and concise there are penalties for those who commit serious and severe corruption, such as leaving government service, confiscating life imprisonment, execution and performing seriously and strictly. 4) Being a good role model for executives. 5) Disclosure and recognition of information Public news by disclosing project information in a transparent, clear and continuous manner such as news, measures, work procedures Procurement Budget use As well as being able to inspect. 6) Promotion of education and religious training By cultivating consciousness and promoting morality Ethics for local administrators Government officials Local employment recipients. 7) Other guidelines, such as the management of local government organizations, should behave as a good model. Decentralized management Have a clear position on transparency Promote teamwork Follow the rules strictly create a working system that allows people to participate in concrete examination. Information disclosure provides easy access. Including various independent organizations For further studies 1. The setting of the present study was the LAOs in the northeast of Thailand. Future research should extend its context to cover all the regions of the country. 2. Future research should investigate the development of models, mechanics and approaches to changing and adopting attitudes towards and culture of anti-corruption which could have affect the direct and indirect prevention and suppression of corruption acts, and a comparative study of Thai and foreign cases should be carried out. 3. Workshop sessions should be developed based participatory action research or experimental research pertaining to raising awareness of transparency in the LAOs. 4. Future study should include other factors that might have the effect on the transparency of LAOs, such as perception of public information, organizational or corporate climate, ethical power of administrators and staff, teamwork, organization health, quality of work life, work motivation, future orientation, and democratic values.

References Bass, B. & Bass, R. 2008. The Bass Handbook of Leadership: Theory, Research, and Managerial Applications. 4th ed. New York: Free Press. Chongvisal, R. 2013. Leadership Theories, Research, and Approaches to Development. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University Press.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [24]

Chongvisal, R. 2012. “Leadership, workplace spirituality, job performance and good corporate governance.” NIDA Development Journal 52 (1): 101-128. Damrongpanit, S. 2012. Mplus program and data analysis for behavioral and social sciences. Mahasarakham: Mahasarakham University Press. Deng, J. 2018. “The National Supervision Commission: A New Anti-corruption Model in China.” International Journal of Law, Crime and Justice 52: 58-73. Denison, D. 1990. Corporate Culture and Organization Effectiveness. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Jermsittiparsert, K., Sriyakul, T., Pamornmast, C., Rodboonsong, S., Boonprong, W., Sangperm, N., Pakvichai, V., Vipaporn, T., & Maneechote, K. 2016. “A Comparative Study of the Administration of Primary Education between the Provincial Administration Organisation and the Office of the Basic Education Commission in Thailand.” The Social Sciences 11 (21): 5104-5110. Jermsittiparsert, K., Atsadamongkhon, A., & Sriyakul, T. 2015. “Politics in the Process of Establishing Local Development Plan: Case Study of the Lan Tak Fah Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Nakornchaisri, Nakornpathom, Thailand.” Review of European Studies 7 (12): 75-89. Jenpuenpon, S. et.al. 2017. Factors affecting the decision to act dishonestly, focusing on monitoring and transparency. Bangkok: Thailand Research Fund. Juito, S. & Kaetwatcharachai, K. 2012. The Good Governance Model of Local Government Organization for Excellency. Nonthaburi: Institute of Research and Development, Sukhothai Thammathirat Open University. Kaewhanam, K. 2012. “Participation in Municipality development planning: The Comparison of Khon Kaen Municipality and Kalasin Municipality.” Journal of Public Administration 10: 39-66. Kanyajit, S. & Ketsil, T. 2018. "The Development of Anti-Corruption Network Potentiality." Asian Political Science Review 2 (1): 9-16. Kessung, P. 2006. Educational Research. Loei: Loei Rajabhat University. Khorpornprasert, B. 2011. “The approaches to developing transparency standards of government organizations.” Journal of Management Sciences 28 (1): 33-48. King Prajathipok's Institute. 2005. The development of indicator for measuring good governance. Bangkok: King Prajathipok's Institute. Koompai, S. 2010. Comparison among organizational cultures affecting organizational effectiveness: A case study of Thailand's public enterprises. Doctoral Thesis, National Institute for Development and Administration. Lorsuwanrat, T. 2008. Modern Organizational Theory. Bangkok: Rattanatri Press. Office of the National Economic and Social Development Council. 2017. Tendencies of the 12 National economic and social development plan. Bangkok: PACC. PACC Academic Affairs Division. 2018. A study of forms of corruption for the fiscal year 2018. Bangkok: Office of Public Sector Anti-Corruption Commission. Puang-gnam, K. 2006. Guidelines for development of anti-corruption mechanics for Thailand's local administrative organizations. Bangkok: Ministry of Interior. Quick, J. & Nelson, D. 2009. Principles of Organizational Behavior: Realities and Challenge. 6th ed. Nelson: South-Western. Srivithaya, S. & Sonsuphap, R. 2014. "Guidelines on Resolution and Prevention of Corruption of Thai Listed Companies in the Stock Exchange." RSU International Journal of College of Government 1 (1): 9-14. Sompong, T. 2013. Development and community development. Bangkok: Kanchan Printing Center.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [25]

State Audit Office of Thailand. 2017. Annual report of performance audit for budget year 2016. Retrieved from http://www.audit.go.th/th/report/audit. Sudjari, T. 2000. Leadership and Motivation. 2nd ed. Ubonratchathani: Ubon Ratchathani Rajabhat University. Swasthaisong, S. 2018. “Enhancing the Operational Transparency of Higher Education Institutes in Sakon Nakhon, Thailand.” Journal of Mahasarakham Rajabhat University 12, 41-52. Thareeboon, K. 2015. “The participative administration affecting efficiency teamwork of private kindergarten school administrators.” Veridian E-Journal, Silpakorn University 8 (1): 122-137. Transparency International. 2018. Corruption Perceptions Index 2017: Global Scores. Retrieved from https://www.transparency.org. Vigoda, E. 2000. “Organizational Politics, Job Attitudes, and Work Outcomes: Exploration and Implications for the Public Sector.” Journal of Vocational Behaviour 57: 326- 347. Watcharothai, K. 2018. "The Studies for Guideline Protection of Public Procurement Corruption in Thailand." International Journal of Crime, Law and Social Issues 5 (1): 153-163. Yukl, G. 2013. Leadership in Organizations. 8th ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [26]

Fiscal Autonomy in Revenue Collection of Local Administrative Organizations in Special Economic Zones, Thailand

Titus Mala Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Pisak Kalyanamitra Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Jarunee Mumbansao Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Ruetaitip Chansrakaeo Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Wilailuk Ruangsom Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 15 February 2019 Revised: 8 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This article is aimed to 1) study the sources of income of local administrative organizations in the Special Economic Zones Area, 2) study fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in the Special Economic Zones and 3) study and analyze the guidelines for enhancing fiscal autonomy in the storage of corporate income. a qualitative study method was employed as method to analyze related documents. In-depth interviews from key informants and observation without participation were used. The results of the study showed that the income of the local government organization comes from the collected tax by government taxes and government grants causing no fiscal autonomy because they have to rely mainly on income from the government in terms of tax collected only 10-13 percent. Therefore, if the local government organization in the Special Economic Development Zone is independent of fiscal, income must come from the ability to collect taxes and set a tax base on their own especially taxes arising from the use of local resources such as environmental taxes foreign labor fees, service fees / travel fees. Keyword: Fiscal Autonomy, Special Economic Zones, Income Collection

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [27]

Introduction From decentralization policy to local administrative organizations, the income of the local government organizations tend to have a higher number continuously. But it is found that the income of most of the local administrative organizations has been derived from (1) the allocation of subsidies from the government (2) the revenue that the state has collected and (3) the income that the state divides respectively. While the income generated from the Local Levied Taxes has the lowest proportion compared to other income, the income generated from the Local Levied Taxes has the lowest proportion compared to other income and still does not comply with the principles of local self-government in any way. Therefore is an important agenda for local fiscal reform that society should consider from the income base of local government organizations, mainly from dependence on government subsidies (Grants), which have significant implications for the lack of fiscal autonomy of local government organizations closely supervised by government agencies strictly leading to a state of dependency from the government budget. As well as making the local government organization more likely to have weak fiscal health especially the local government organization in areas with dense economic activities such as being the location of the trade, service, and special economic development areas but the provision of public services to support the growth of the city and the increase in latent population and foreign workers have many fiscal constraints (Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board, 2015: 84) While on the other side, the government has a policy to set up a special economic development zone to promote trade and investment of the country by taking advantage of the transportation links of the ASEAN region under the free trade agreement under the ASEAN framework and Article Agreed under another economic framework and from the border trade between Thailand and neighboring countries. In addition, there is a policy to support the operation of local administrative organizations to have a system that is efficient, transparent and able to provide public services to respond to the needs of local people effectively. Therefore, there is a need to have a mechanism to promote and support local government organizations that have the potential to develop their areas into special economic development zones with utilities, basic public services and suitable and necessary environment for supporting economic growth quickly and efficiently in accordance with the philosophy of sufficiency economy, sustainable development principles and principles of participation of people and local administrative organizations in economic and social development with the inclusion of a mechanism that allows central government and provincial government to support the operation of special economic development zones by granting the authority to officials in the provincial area or the local government to be able to authorize the approval of government officials or take any other action that the government agency should perform or perform in accordance with any laws, regulations, announcements or orders or the cabinet resolution regarding free trade under the ASEAN framework Agreement under other economic frameworks or border trade between Thailand and neighboring countries in one single point that is consistent with the ASEAN Single Window system in that special economic development zone (Regulation of the Office of the Prime Minister On special economic development zone, 2013) Therefore need to accelerate the promotion of fiscal autonomy of the local government organization should have met by speeding up the efficiency and development of income sources of local administrative organizations to be able to rely on their own income rather than government subsidies, by developing both income tax and non-tax revenue base and clearly separating tax collection types by the central government and local administrative organizations environmental taxation, increasing the capacity of personnel in local administrative organizations in managing the inventory, improving the budget method to be

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [28] modern and consistent with the government's budget system as well as encouraging people to participate as a priority. (Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board, 2012: 10, Office of the Decentralization Committee for Local Administrative Organizations, 2015) For this article, therefore, 1) What are the sources of income from local administrative organizations in special economic development areas? Is there any differences from other local government organizations? 2) Does the local government organization in the Special Economic Development Area have fiscal autonomy in the collection of income? and 3) What are the guidelines to help strengthen fiscal autonomy in the collection of income of local administrative organizations in special economic development areas?

Methodology This research uses the qualitative research methodology by studying the documentary research, including research reports, books, articles, journals and information from various websites related to the concept of management achievement and the concept of policy implementation-Thai and foreign languages, primary source and secondary source. In-depth interview was used as a tool to collect data. The interview form is open-ended questions for people in the municipality who are in the relevant special economic development zone or who can provide key informant interview for a total of 30 people and have a focus group meeting of the entrepreneurs of 50 stores, community leaders was chosen from 5 areas of field study, namely (1) Mae Sai Subdistrict Municipality Chiang Rai Province (2) Padang Besar Municipality, Songkhla Province (3) Mae Sot Municipality, Tak Province (4) Nong Khai Municipality Nong Khai Province and (5) Aranyaprathet Municipality Srakaew Province. Observation without participation (non-participation) was employed from the surrounding environment such as trade, investment along the border tourism Living conditions, quality of life, convenient facilities etc.

Review of the Literature The study of fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones there are 3 related literatures. The main topics are 1) concepts and theories about income collection development, source of income and self collected local income 2) Concepts and theories about local and fiscal autonomy and 3) theories of special economic development zones in terms of revenue collection of local authorities. With the origin and principles from the decentralization policy, the Act for the formulation of plans and procedures for decentralization 1999was the main law and has been in effect until the present. There are many forms of fiscal decentralization and what makes the government with fiscal autonomy, consisting of (Academic Service Center, Economics, 2009: 2-4) 1) financial dependence from self-income collection or collecting service fees from users to compensate for the cost of services Providing services 2) Financial cooperation or production cooperation where the service recipient must participate in the provision of services and the preparation of infrastructure through financial cooperation and manpower, transfer income between governments at each level From tax revenue collected by the central government to the local government organization for the service recipients to be specific, group or general 5) Increasing access to financial resources to local government organizations. In addition, the local government can earn money by themselves for use in organizing local public services or compensating for the cost of organizing local public services by collecting charges from the user (User Charges), increasing the potential of earning local income through both tax measures such as property tax and non-tax measures

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [29] such as collecting service fees (Laoakun, 2012: 12-14) is another important principle to increase fiscal autonomy for TTT. Can be another way too Therefore, the concept of fiscal autonomy on income, therefore relates to the extent of the decision-making power associated with the resources of the local government organization and local income, own taxes are things that show the level of local maximum freedom which gives political and legal independence. Although some are still restricted by the central government to collect taxes, set tax bases, tax rates and tax cuts (Reliefs). Each government has the power to change the amount of income and therefore will be able to control the expenditure to the extent that the tax breaks (Shared Taxes) are distributed between levels and agencies of government organizations-a Middle Degree of Autonomy. Basically, national governments have a responsibility to define tax bases, tax rate and distribution formula as well as tax administration (Bröthaler & Getzner, 2011: 137). Moreover, fiscal autonomy is also related to the ability of the government to increase sufficient income from the local economy, determine how to spend the budget from those incomes. For this part, fiscal autonomy of the Thai government (Local Government Fiscal Autonomy) is concerned with the local ability to set tax rates and create a revenue base without external influences as well as being able to provide the level of service needed by people in the area (Chapman, 1999: 3). In the event that the local administrative organization is located in the Special Economic Zone which is a specific area established by law for the sake promoting support and convenient including providing some special privileges in various business operations such as industry commences, service or any other business that is beneficial to the economy of the country, fiscal autonomy should be encouraged in the storage of income because the government must bear the burden of providing public services and using resources in the area in order to have good management and benefit the development of special economic zones. Fiscal autonomy on income will result in effective costs associated with providing effective public services (Lorenzo Boetti, et al., 2010) and particular, examining the role of tax decentralization as measured by the level of fiscal autonomy .The independence of the Thai government making it more self-governing, that is, the local government has a higher share of the cost, have more taxes on their own and less inefficient behavior. The economists have given the view that the traditional benefit of fiscal autonomy is to promote efficiency and responsibility (accountability) in local government (Julia Darby, et al., 2002).

Results of the Study Source of income of local administrative organizations in special economic development areas Source of income as provided by law Local administrative organizations have income from self storage and income allocated by the government as follows: 1) Self-collected income Taxation consists of property tax and land, local maintenance tax, taxation tax on slaughter animals 2) Self-storage income, fees, fines and licenses, including fees related to animal slaughter and meat sales Fees relating to liquor sales licenses fees regarding gambling licenses, fees regarding building control Collection and waste fees and other license fees, etc. 3) Self storage revenue from the property consists of land rental fees, rental or service, location and interest 4) Self storage revenue from utilities and commerce is the pawn shop 5) Self storage revenue, miscellaneous income category consisting of scrap sales money that has been devoted to Selling fee, printing form and request Copy and photocopying fees Other miscellaneous income The revenue allocated by the government is 1) The tax allocation category consists of taxes and car fees, value added tax, according to the Act, prescribing plans for VAT according to the Act, allocating income, specific business tax, liquor tax, excise tax Mineral royalty Petroleum royalty Land registration fee and juristic act 2) General subsidy category consists

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [30] of general subsidies according to authority General subsidies according to the transfer mission 3) The subsidy category specifies objectives, including subsidies, objective Special subsidies. Fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in special economic development areas Analysis of fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations located in or near the special economic development zone, the researcher uses the idea that fiscal autonomy the local government organization has the ability to earn income from resources that each government has Exist freely by considering the comparison of income from the government, self storage and income that the government has allocated according to the concept of Akai, et al. (2005) and use the formula to calculate as follows (Meloche, et al., 2004) The Revenue Autonomy Index (RAI) calculation will reflect fiscal autonomy on income of local government organizations. When multiplied by 100, the value will come out as a percentage. In order to make it easier to understand, the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI will be between 0 and 100. If the government has a RAI value of 100, it means that the government has fiscal autonomy in the absolute revenue collection (Autonomy) and if the government which has a RAI value equal to 0, indicating that there is absolute fiscal dependency from the government (Absolute Revenue Dependent) From the calculation of the fiscal autonomy index of the Ministry of Finance, All 5 studies have found that there is no government in any way that is independent of fiscal aspects of revenue collection. All of them rely on the income received from the government as follows: 1) Aranyaprathet Municipality, Sa Kaeo Province with the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI between 8.61 and 11.78 or an average of 10.19. It can be seen that Aranyaprathet Municipality has a very high proportion of government revenue. That is, the value is between 88.21 to 91.38 or an average of 89.79, reflecting that Aranyaprathet Municipality relies on the budget allocated by the central government nearly 90 percent of the total income. With the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI between 8.61 and 11.78 or an average of 10.19, it can be seen that Aranyaprathet Municipality has a very high proportion of government revenue. That is, the value is between 88.21 to 91.38 or an average of 89.79, reflecting that Aranyaprathet Municipality Relies on the budget allocated by the central government nearly 90 percent of the total income. 2) Mae Sot Municipality, Tak Province has the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI between 13.03 to 13.94 or an average of 13.48. On the other hand, it can be seen that the municipality has a very high proportion of government revenue with the value between 86.05 to 86.96 or an average of 86.50 3) Nong Khai Municipality Nong Khai Province with the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI is between 12.05 to 13.15 or an average of 12.6 and can be seen that the municipality has a very high proportion of government revenue-the value is between 84.82 to 87.94 or an average of 86.38 4) Mae Sai Municipality Chiang Rai province with Revenue Autonomy Index (RAI) between 11.59 to 12.75 or an average of 12.17 and can be seen that municipalities relies heavily on government revenue-the value between 87.24 to 88.4 or an average of 87.82 5) Padang Besar Municipality, Songkhla Province has the Revenue Autonomy Index: RAI between 10.78 and 11.76 or The average is 11.27. On the other hand, it can be seen that the municipality has a very high proportion of government revenue.-value between 87.65 and 89.21 or an average of 88.43. Based on the results of the above study, it reflects that local administrative organizations that are in the special economic zone do not have fiscal autonomy in the collection of income because the revenue autonomy index (RAI) is less than 15 percent, but on the other hand, it is more dependent on government revenue than in the form of allocated taxes and subsidies. In addition, the study also found that special economic development zones do not have special differences from other areas. On the other hand, it has a negative effect and is more

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [31] burdensome to the municipality. These effects are caused by the entry of foreign workers and tourists causes the municipality to bear the problems in terms of environmental problems, garbage problems, alien labor problems and latent populations, drug problem. Therefore, the Mae Sai Municipality sees that the municipality should have a part in collecting revenue to be used to manage and solve such problems. These revenues include environmental fees such as waste treatment or other fees with people who cause pollution income or fees from tourism, income or fees for using cars of people outside the area and income or fees from foreign workers. Therefore, if the municipalities in the Special Economic Zone are independent of revenue collection, it must be able to collect these taxes or fees (According to diagram 1) From the diagram 1 showing the sources of income that the government should collect to increase fiscal autonomy in the special economic development zone because the government located in the special economic development area must bear the burden of entering the traders / investors alienate worker and / or tourists. Therefore it is needed a mission to provide more public services. It also has the responsibility of damage and degradation of local resources. Therefore, there should be income from collecting taxes or fees such as environmental taxes or pollution makers, travel fees car usage fees, fees from foreign workers, etc., depending on the suitability of each locality Strengthening fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones From the diagram 1, showing guidelines for enhancing fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones, the results of the study showed that enhancing the independence of revenue collection should be done by 1) Fiscal decentralization policy 2) Law or ordinance 3) Potential and readiness of local government organizations 4) Spatial context of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones and 5) The public sector, civil society Private sector. The details are as follows

Laws Local capacities

Fiscal Autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in SEZs

Civil society Context of SEZs

Decentralization policy

Figure 1 Fiscal Autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in Special Economic Zones (SEZs)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [32]

1. fiscal decentralization policy is considered an important foundation that will affect the fiscal autonomy of the local government organization whether in special economic development areas or not because it is a centralized policy that will allow the finance between the government. What is the proportion of government’s fiscal decentralization can be effectively achieved and must have sufficient income by being able to collect more income by the local itself or transferred from the central government. 2. Laws or ordinances or any other regulations relating to the collection of revenue of the government in the form of tax rates, tax bases or sources of taxes or any other resources that can be used to make benefits and that the local is the owner will make the government with fiscal freedom in the area of increasing revenue collection. 3. Potential and readiness of local administrative organizations is another factor affecting the promotion of fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones. Thai government must have the potential and readiness to store revenue with adequate personnel, budget, management capabilities rcognising the importance of local administrators towards revenue collection, regardless of political base, having a proactive and professional approach because if there is a decentralization of finance and there is a law that facilitates fiscal autonomy . If the local government still lacks the potential and readiness to store revenue, fiscal autonomy in revenue collection will not occur. 4. Spatial context of local administrative organizations in the economic development zone. In the future, the development area of the Economic Development Zone will be able to elevate to become the Economic Gateway of Thailand that can create border economic value in the future. Besides, borders trade can be place for cultural source, financial centre, trade and investment centre, locality that causes resource movement that can turn into taxes, fees, license fees, or others collections that would affect fiscal autonomy on the income of the government. 5. The civil society sector, the private sector and others are the actors and mechanisms that affect the fiscal autonomy of the revenue collection of local government organizations in special economic development zones. These sectors are stakeholders and are taxes payers or other income to the government with the potential and fiscal autonomy.

Figure 2 Sources of Income of Locality to Increase Fiscal Autonomy

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [33]

Result Discussions The results of the study of fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in the Special Economic Development Zone was found that sources of income of local administrative organizations are no different from other LAOs due to the law on the supervision of fiscal and budget of local government organizations consistent with the study of Sanglak Panwattanalikit and the faculty (2016). As for the results of the study on issues Fiscal autonomy in the collection of income of local administrative organizations in the Special Economic Development Area found that the local administrative organizations no fiscal autonomy in revenue collection with an average revenue autonomy index (RAI) of 11.94 percent only because most rely on government revenue, both in the form of taxes that the government provides and in the form of subsidies. In this issue, it is in the same direction as the study of Thitithep Sittiyot and Faculty (2016) and Arthit Padungdech (2008) that found that Thai local government organizations still do not have fiscal autonomy on income. From the study of Arthit, it was found that income from the local gold supply can be obtained from 1993-2003. Such income has very little fiscal autonomy (Revenue Autonomy Ratio: RAR is low) compared to local income and no year in which the RAR value is as high as 0.20, with the highest value in 1993 (0.19) and in the year 2000 (0.18), which is the first year in which the Act is enacted. The results of the study of Thitithep and the faculty found that most localities still have to rely on the income that the government allocates and subsidies. While the self-collected income is relatively low compared to the total income, with most income received by the government being used is a matter of personnel, operating statements and investment statements for projects that the local government has implemented and is expected to be implemented in the future is concerned with a project about public utilities, education, public health, career promotion, garbage disposal, waste water treatment and infrastructure construction For opinions on local income independence, the administrators of LAOs agreed that Localities still have limitations on income. The local administrative organization in the Special Economic Development Zone does not have fiscal autonomy caused by the law that provided for collect limited taxes and still is the old law which is outdated and used for a long time as well as the study of Sanglak Panwattanalikit et al. (2016) that found that the provisions of many laws has an obsolete tax rate that is set at the same rate throughout the country, making it not related to the conditions of each area Social and economic conditions or certain types of taxation require the enactment of or ordinance first. This legal restriction became a reasonable excuse for decentralization and the lack of fiscal autonomy from the study of fiscal autonomy in Hungary found that Independence as a basic social thought and the philosophy of being a representative, but often obscured by legal ambiguity (Beer-Tóth, 2009: 342). Therefore, legal independence also affects financial independence As well as the study of Thitithep Sittiyot et al. (2016) that found that the tax base and the type of local tax can be limited Local taxes used to store are relatively old-fashioned. The government allocates income that is not consistent with the actual mission. Government allocations are delayed and not timely. Government revenue allocation has not yet reached the proportion specified in the law. Local tax revenue should be obtained, accepted from private companies located in the area but returned to register and pay a central tax and income from taxes and car fees and castors that were allocated to the Provincial Administration Organization. But currently there are some revenue sharing for municipalities and sub-district administrative organizations. Therefore, if increasing fiscal autonomy in the collection of income for local administrative organizations in the special economic development zone should give the LAOs can collect taxes, set tax bases, tax rates and tax deductions (Reliefs) which should allow each government to have the power to change the amount of income (Bröthaler & Getzner, 2011:

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [34]

137) .For example, in the case of foreign countries where the local government organization is independent of fiscal and the source of various taxes, including real estate taxes VAT Excise tax, etc. (Enid Slack, 2017). In addition, fiscal autonomy is also related to the ability of the government to increase sufficient income from the local economy and then determine how to spend the budget from those income .For this part Fiscal autonomy of the Thai government (Local Government Fiscal Autonomy) should be met with the local ability to set tax rates and create a revenue base without external influences as well as being able to provide the level of service that is needed by people in the area (Chapman, 1999: 3). In the OECD countries, fiscal autonomy will provide a variety of income sources. In addition, the central government and local governments can also provide a variety of independent and public services. In addition, fiscal autonomy also results in efficiency and equality in accessing public services from state and local governments (OECD, 2006: 4-5). Special economic development must bear the burden of entering the traders / investors alienate worker and / or tourists. Therefore, a mission to provide more public services is needed. It also has the responsibility of damage and degradation of local resources. Therefore, there should be income from collecting taxes or fees such as environmental taxes or pollution contributors. Travel fees Car usage fees, fees from foreign workers, etc., depending on the suitability of each locality. As for the guidelines for enhancing fiscal autonomy in revenue collection of local administrative organizations in the special economic development zone, from the results of the study found that enhancing the independence of revenue collection by: 1) fiscal decentralization policy Fiscal decentralization can be effectively achieved and must have sufficient income by being able to collect more income by the local itself or transferred from the central government 2) laws or ordinances which is modern and gives the opportunity to the government to have the power to determine tax rates and tax bases themselves 3) the potential and readiness of local government organizations especially the potential for revenue collection and to use income to organize effective public services 4) spatial context of local administrative organizations in special economic development zones is an advantage. Others, in terms of trade, investment, exports and as a tourist attraction, and 5) the public sector, civil society Private Sector Business Group. These are taxpayers and must be involved in monitoring the operations of the government .The fact that the Ministry of Finance is independent in terms of revenue collection will affect Improving both the efficiency and effectiveness of public services provided to the people (Boetti et al., 2010). Also, if the electoral people can participate in determining the tax rate themselves, it will affect the efficiency of providing more public services (Enid Slack, 2017) .That is, the independence of the municipality makes it more self-governing and the local government has a higher share of the cost, have more taxes on their own and showing less inefficient behavior. Most countries with high fiscal autonomy will be driven through the entire tax system, such as personal income tax and not by tax measures such as fees, various service fees etc. (Julia Darby, et al,, 2002)

Conclusions The policy of establishing a special economic development zone comes from the central government who wishes to promote investment and industrial development in the border area. It is considered a development method that has been studied and discussed for a long time in Thailand as Thailand will enter into the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) in 2015. To support the ASEAN Economic Community, the government has a policy to establish "Special Economic Zone" in various provinces along the border, namely Aranyaprathet District Sa Kaeo Province, Mae Sot District, Tak Province, Mae Sai District, Chiang Rai Province and Mukdahan province, etc. However, from the study, it was found

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [35] that people at the grass-roots level and small entrepreneurs, such as the bad, show badly to retail shops in villages or communities often affected negatively, such as sluggish trade cannot sell products as before. From such problems Caused by the special economic zone which benefits large entrepreneurs and industrial plants such as Makro, Lotus and other wholesale businesses in more areas with a lot of goods being transported to neighboring countries. In the issue of fiscal autonomy of the Thai government in the Special Economic Development Zone, it was found that the special economy does not affect the fiscal autonomy of the Thai government. But in any way, LAOs still retains revenue in the same way before the announcement of a special economic zone in accordance with the original law and did not collect any more taxes. More specifically, about foreign labor that has created waste and destroyed the environment, therefore, if there will be an increase in fiscal autonomy in revenue collection for local administrative organizations in the special economic development zone should consider the level of competence of the government in determining tax rates and certain tax bases that affect the provision of public services to support changes that affected. For example, in a special economic development zone, taxes and / or fees such as environmental fees / cost of waste treatment or other with people who cause pollution, income or fees from tourism, income or fees for using cars of people outside the area and income or fees from foreign workers, etc. can be collected.

References Akai, N. and Sakata, M. 2005. Fiscal Decentralization, Commitment and Regional Inequality: Evidences from State-level Cross-sectional Data for the United States. Retrieved from http://www.e.u-tokyo.ac.jp/cirje/research/03research02dp.htm l. Beer-Tóth, K. 2009. Local Financial Autonomy in Theory and Practice: The Impact of Fiscal Decentralization in Hungary. Thesis, University of Fribourg Switzerland. Boetti, L., Piacenza, M., and Turati, G. 2010. Decentralization and Local Governments’ Performance: How Does Fiscal Autonomy Affect Spending Efficiency?. (Working papers 11, University of Torino). Bröthaler, J. and Getzner, M. 2011. “Fiscal Autonomy and Total Government Expenditure: An Austrian Case-study.” International Advances in Economic Research 17 (2): 134-56. Chapman, J. 1999. Local Government, Fiscal Autonomy and Fiscal Stress: The Case of California. (Lincoln Institute of Land Policy Working Paper). Darby, J., Muscatelli, A., and Roy, G. 2002 Fiscal Federalism and Fiscal Autonomy: Lessons for the UK from Other Industrialized Countries. Glasgow: University of Glasgow. Economic Research and Training Center. 2009. Project on Fiscal Decentralization to Drive Social Services to Local Administrative Organizations. Bangkok: UNICEF Thailand. Laovakul, D. 2012. Decentralization reform to locality. Bangkok: Pentai. Maloche, J., Vaillancourt, F., and Yilmaz, F. 2004. Decentralization or Fiscal Autonomy? What Does Really Matter?--Effects on Growth and Public Sector Size in European Transition Countries. Washington, DC.: The World Bank Group. OECD. 2006. Fiscal Autonomy of sub-central governments. Stirling: Stirling University. Punyawattanalikit, S. 2016. The Study of Law on Fiscal Governance and Local Government Budgets are not Conducive to Independence. Bangkok: Thailand Research Fund.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [36]

Sittiyod, T. et al. 2016. Measures to Promote Revenue Autonomy of Local Government: Selected Case Studies from Local Administrations Located in Special Economic Zone. Bangkok: Thailand Research Fund. Slack, E. 2017. How Much Local Fiscal Autonomy Do Cities Have? A Comparison of Eight Cities around the World. Toronto: University of Toronto.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [37]

Community Participation in Water Management for Agriculture in Phra Phloeng, Khao Chakan, Srakaew, Thailand

Wilailuk Ruangsom Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 19 December 2018 Revised: 20 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research aims to study (1) the context of Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province, which facilitate the community participation in water management for agriculture and (2) the community participation in water management for agriculture. The research methodology is the interviewing 6 key informants and using questionnaire with 400 water users in Phra Phloeng Sub-district. The results show that (1) An agricultural area of Phra Phloeng Sub-district is 164,675 rai. The area is plateau and there are two lines of small natural canals and one swamp which become water resources for agriculture and consumption plentifully. Moreover, an agricultural land use of Phra Phloeng Sub-district is farming, field of fruit trees and vegetables respectively. The important agricultural water resources in Phra Phloeng Subdistrict are Phra Sathong canal and Phra Phloeng canal and various natural water sources. The important economic crops in Phra Phloeng Sub-district are rice, corn, sugarcane, etc. (2) The most effective way to manage water resources for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Sub-district is to develop social capital and to encourage community participation and also to create networks and cooperation from all sectors. The emphasis on the participation process is an important supporting factor. The short-term management is to develop the existing water resources. The Medium-term management is to procure new water storage. The Long-term management is to induce the "Forest Mountain" Sustainable Forest Management and new theory of His Majesty King Bhumibol Adulyadej to be water management guideline. Keywords: Participation, Water Resource Development Needs, Water Management for Agriculture, Water Resource Development Guideline

Introduction Water is an important resource for life. Thailand is facing water shortages because of the population growth and the expansion of economic activities that increase water demand every year. Water problem is a long-term continuous problem that it is not only caused by physical problems or insufficient water supply but also a water allocation inefficiently. Water problem can led to economic disparities and increased social conflicts. Therefore, we need to adjust the water management system for the benefit of production, consumption and flood prevention Integrated to increase or create competitiveness and sustainable development in the country. (Rachartcharoen, 2015: 78) Water management problem occurs because the community cannot plan to use water appropriately and there is not enough water in some seasons. It leads to community conflict and also the consumer water shortage in the area. (Research team, 2019: 82)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [38]

Based on the problem above, Thailand had been made the 8th National Economic and Social Development Plan (1997-2001) to solve water problem by promoting an integrated water resource management. An activity is the provision of water resources, water quality improvement, pollution control and water allocation efficiently. The objective of water resource management plan is: (1) to provide governance mechanisms and also to coordinate about water resources development in both national and international level consistently. (2) to organize, allocate and share water resources appropriately by considering a necessity, priority and fairness in water management. (3) to impose water payment with the people who use water for industrial, agricultural, and consumption and also to improve the structure and water rates payment for consumption and industrial by considering the cost of procurement, production, distribution and waste water treatment. (4) to improve the water transmission and water supply system for irrigation and consumption in the community to reduce water leakage. (5) to campaign and disseminate for water saving, especially the introduction of water saving methods or the use of water-saving devices in the community. (Rachartcharoen, 2015: 78) Most of the population in Phra Phloeng Sub-district is agricultural occupations (85 percent), such as cassava, sugarcane, corn, papaya, rice fields (in-season rice fields and off-season rice field), bamboo shoots, melons, cantaloupe and orchards. The topography is a rain shadow, Sandy loam, lack of moisture, drought and farmers cannot plant crops in summer. In addition, the above-mentioned crop planting requires a lot of natural water from rain. In Phra Phloeng Sub-district area only have small wells and pond that it is not enough for planting in dry season. If local people and government agency realize the importance of water management in both local and household levels, it may affect the process of solving water problems more interestingly. Phra Phloeng Sub-district is a suitable area for development as an agricultural industry because most of the land documents are por.bor.tor. 5; this documents are land tax return (property tax return) and receipt given to anyone who comes to pay land tax in local administration offices, and sor por kor. 4-01; it refers to land allotted by the Land Reform Committee with the strict provision of agricultural or forestry usage for certain persons (such as farmers). Moreover, the degraded forest area that the law has not been canceled. There are 3434 Khao Chakan-Tha Ta Si (Khao Laem) road and Phra Phloeng - Choreography road were cut through the area. Most of the area was plant for farming such as corn, cassava, rice, papaya, eucalyptus field, fruits, raising cattle and buffalo and people tend to plant more rubber and oil palm. Water is an important factor in an agricultural industrial area development (Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization, 2018a). Therefore, the drought problem every year has affected to people in both the agricultural occupation and the availability of water usage in dry season. If local people and government agency are able to integrate and create a participation process in water management development together, it will affect the potential development or people capacity to solve water shortages problem for agriculture in the dry season effectively. Therefore, as shown above, it is important to study the community participation in water management for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province.

Research objectives 1. To study the context of Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province, which facilitate the community participation in water management for agriculture. 2. To study the community participation in water management for agriculture of Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [39]

Literature Review The concepts of watershed management: people, community, and watershed The community-based watershed management is another way for local communities to play a role in management. The watershed management has an important concepts and principles to encourage the sustainable watershed management as follows. (Integrated Research Coordination Office Maejo University, 2011 cited in Ketima, 2012: 11-16) 1. Relation and dependence system The watershed management concepts is the people relationship and natural resources in various ways, including a work and management guidelines that based on community culture. The watershed management concepts must involve a comprehensive problems with solutions and also a mix of knowledge in modern science and local wisdom. The watershed situations must be viewed as a common problem or mutual fate that will lead to people cooperation and create a learning platform together. 2. Management and utilization system There are three important characteristics of community-based watershed management: - Holistic resource management is resource management according to the beliefs of the local people by considering a relationship of forest, water and land and a benefits and duties of each type of natural resources. Moreover, a holistic resource management is the relationship between human and natural resources in both physical and psychological relationship such as beliefs or supernatural dignity. - Community participation in resources management is the way that gives more decision- making authority to community or people such as community forest management or weir water management. Special characteristics of these local resource management are community. The community members participated in the management in various forms such as tradition groups, seniors, north groups, weirs group, etc. They have a rule for their own management, punishment and fine offenders who break the rule and also allocate mutual benefit for community member. - Resource management based on moral principles are designed to control and inspect community member in resource management and also to prevent depletion of natural resources. 3. The elements of community-based watershed management The result of the local community have been involved in watershed management lead to knowledge and wisdom accumulation which have the following elements: 1) beliefs and rituals 2) natural resource knowledge management 3) utilization knowledge. 4. Community organization The community member use and maintain their natural resources that are controlled by their belief system, production system, and sustainable utilization system. The watershed management is a relation system between people and natural resources. It is a characteristic of mutual dependency by using the community's belief system as a basis to organize relationships to achieve a natural resource management goal. The important thing is knowledge exchange, situation analysis, community member development to prepare when social changes increasingly. Public participation in water management Government organization should give an opportunity to people to have a right to access all public sector's information on water management, offering opinions, setting directions, and also to cooperate in various activities to prevent conflicts in the government's water management operations. It is a relations process between the government and the public to find the best option on water management effectively. (Phansuwanno,1996: 6 cited in Lohpakdisawad and Jesadalak, 2015: 1457)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [40]

The thinking and planning participation. Community member, who live in area of water transmission and maintenance projects, join the meeting and discuss with government official and propose their opinions about water management to solve water shortage problem together. The play-role participation. Community member, who live in area of water transmission and maintenance projects, participate and play a role or suggest a various ways to make a decisions in water management with the public sector. They also have authority to set a penalty, rule, or any regulation about water resources management. The participation in monitoring and evaluation. Community member, who live in area of water transmission and maintenance projects, join the meeting to evaluate the performance of water management, to monitor the progress of activities and projects, or to resolve conflicts that occur from the project, and also to propose opinions, improvements or guidelines for development to meet an expected needs together. The Participation in community ownership. Community member, who live in area of water transmission and maintenance projects, have responsibility to solve their community problems. They have to feel that they are part of the community and ready to help with willingness. The concept of public policy and public policy implementation Thomas R. Dye (cited in Ketima, 2012: 22) defines public policy as “whatever the government chooses to do or not to do”. The government chooses to do are all activities including routine activities and occasional activities. For the government chooses not to do, Dye considered a public policy as well, such as the government's cancellation of the military policy, which the government choose a military volunteer policy instead of all able-bodied men to be soldiers. James Anderson (cited in Ketima, 2012: 22) defines public policy as a state’s operation that must be one or more goals, objectives or even proposes. Public policy must be performed by one person or a group of people in order to solve problems. Public policy has four key elements: an objective, a guideline, an action, and a positive or negative practice. Policy Implementation (Uttaradit Rajabhat University, 2011 cited in Ketima, 2012: 27) is an importance part of public administration study because it related to policy decision making process. Public policy will be able to solve the problem or not, it depends on policy implementation process. If the policies are successfully implemented, it reflects a decision making process that response to people’s needs effectively. The concept of strong community Wichit Thinwattanakun (2006 cited in Ketima, 2012: 40) noted that strong community is a community ability to solve their own problems and also have talented leaders and learning together based on culture, beliefs, values, religion and economy. Each community has used their potential to solve problems under cooperation and support from external organizations. The community is defined as a group of people who have an interrelated and a connection with each other continuously because they have a common area or have a mutual career or business operation, a common purpose, or a culture of belief or mutual interest. (Ketima, 2012: 41) Being a community is a certain number of people who have a common purpose or communication or grouping together with generosity or learning together in management action for the achieve success together. (Ketima, 2012: 41-42). The definition above, it can be noted that community is the individual people who created a relationship with the principles, conditions, and rules that we call “norms of coexistence”. The community is therefore characterized as a social organization that respond to people needs. The strong community means that people with a common purpose gather together in the form of "community organization" that they learn management and also solve community problems effectively

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [41] such as economic, social, cultural and the environment issues. The community is a group, association, cooperative, or network for mutual benefit in society.

Research Methodology The study was a mixed method that involve qualitative and quantitative data collection. The data was collected into two ways: 1. The documentary study. It’s a secondary data that related to literature review, documents, publications, journals, community physical information, water use characteristics, or water resource management research, etc. 2. The field study. It’s a primary data that was collected through interview forms in various issues such as the causes of water shortages for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Sub-district, the water shortage problem solving policies, plans or projects of the state, and the suggestions or guidelines for solving water shortage problems of public and community leaders in the area (the president of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization, the vice president of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization, the secretary of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization). Moreover, the researcher collected data through questionnaires with farmers about the water usage problem, the intensity of problem, and also the community management. The research population and samples consisted of three informant groups: Group 1: two community leaders (one village chief and one village headman). The researcher used the purposive sampling technique and the sampling method is selected based on the village leaders who have experienced about water shortages for agriculture from Phra Phloeng Sub-district and also have a role and duty to coordinate with the government agencies. Group 2: four government officials. - one president of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization - two vice president of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization - one secretary of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization The researcher used the purposive sampling technique and the sampling method is selected based on executive local government officials and experts or scholars who have experienced and knowledge about water management for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Sub-district. Group 3: twelve villages farmers consisted of Moo 2, Ban Na Khan Hak, Moo 4, Ban Bueng, Rama 5 Village, Ban Phu Ngern, Moo 6, Ban Tha Phak Chi, Moo 8, Laemthong House, Moo 9, Ban Tha Chung Village Moo 10, Ban Mai Pattana Village, Moo 11, Nong Pak Lung Village, Moo 12, Submun House, Moo 16, Ban Suk Charoen, Moo 17, Ban Non Somphon Samakkhee, Moo 19, Ban Noen Siam. The researcher used the quota sampling technique by determining the proportion from 12 villages (the total population of 2,995 households). The proportion was calculated by 30% of one village. The sample group was selected in the study involving 400 farmers who use water and suffer from water shortage as respondents. Data Analysis 1. Data analysis included content analysis to analyze interview data about community participation in water management for agriculture guideline between public sector and the Phra Phloeng Subdistrict administrative organization. 2.Descriptive statistics included frequencies, percentages, means and standard deviation for demographic data.

Research finding 1. the context of Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province, which facilitate the community participation in water management for agriculture.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [42]

1.1 Area condition and agricultural information Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization is a local government organization that located in the south of Khao Chakan district, Srakaew province and also away from the Khao Chakan district about 11 kilometers, with a total area of 263.48 square kilometers or 164,675 rai. The area is a plateau and there are many small mountains that make a small natural canal into two lines and one swamp which become water resources for agriculture and consumption plentifully. A total population of approximately 15,877 people are under the control of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administration Organization which consisted of 8,035 men and 7,842 women (Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization, 2018b). 1.2 Agricultural land use The most of the agricultural areas of Phra Phloeng Sub-district is farming such as crops farming, orchard or rice field, and livestock respectively. A total agricultural area of approximately 88,812 rai which consisted of a cassava plantation area of approximately 36,510 rai or 41.10 percent of the total agricultural area, a land area of approximately 18,395 rai or 20.71 percent of the total agricultural area, a sugarcane planting area of approximately 8,770 rai or 9.87 percent of the total agricultural area, a rubber plantation area of approximately 4,450 rai or 5.01 percent of the total agricultural area, a maize cultivation area of approximately 2,970 rai or 3.34 percent of the total agricultural area, a vegetable crop area of approximately 2,746 rai or 3.09 percent of the total agricultural area, a perennial plant area of approximately 2,035 rai or 2.29 percent of the total agricultural area, a papaya plant area of approximately 1,839 rai or 2.07 percent of the total agricultural area, a soybean plant area of approximately 1,820 rai or 2.04 percent of the total agricultural area, a mungbean plant area of approximately 1,700 rai or 1.91 percent of the total agricultural area, a cantaloupe plant area of approximately 817 rai or 0.91 percent of the total agricultural area, and an off- season rice area of approximately 500 rai or 0.56 percent of the total agricultural area (Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization, 2018b). 1.3 Water resources for agriculture The important water resources for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Subdistrict is the rain water basin, the Phra Sathong canal, Phra Phloeng canal, a various natural water resources and groundwater, village water supply and provincial water supply (Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization, 2018b). 1.4 The important economic crops and crops cultivation area of Phra Phloeng sub-district in 2007 The important economic crops includes a 31,750 rai of in-season rice field, 400 rai of out-of- season rice field, 21,480 rai of maize, 31,950 rai of cassava, 8,730 rai of sugar cane, 11,850 rai of soybean, 6,120 rai of mung beans, 11,850 rai of sesame, 560 rai of kenaf, 490 rai of jute, 32 rai of organic guava, 480 rai of sweet bamboo, 485 rai of hedge bamboo, 2,500 rai of rubber, 100 rai of oil palm, 1,250 rai of vegetable, 11,303 rai of wood, 270 rai of cotton, 3,480 rai of papaya, 125 rai of cantaloupe, 230 rai of sweet corn. 2. The community participation in water management for agriculture of Phra Phloeng Sub- district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province Qualitative data analysis results The qualitative data analysis study, by interviewing all 6 community leaders and government agencies, showed that all aspects of the community participation in water management are link and concordant such as (1) Planning participation process in situation analysis, problem analysis and operational guidelines. (2) Operational participation in staffing, budgeting, coordinating and also promoting in decision-making by meeting attendance and public hearings. (3) The follow-up participation about operations accountability and performance report. (4) The community sustainability is a conservation, restoration and protection of community environment and also a quality of life and community empowerment. The

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [43] economic sustainability is an economic growth, occupational security and adhering to the principles of vision, mission, and strategy of government agency. Recently, an executive of government agency always give precedence to a large utilities building such as weirs, reservoirs, etc., rather than educating or suggesting people to preserve water resources in community. Moreover, local government officials should be a consultant, advising and using new techniques in water management to the people in community. Quantitative data analysis results The statistics data of respondents consisted of 248 male (62.0%) and 152 female (38.0%) 1. The water resources usage study illustrates that natural water resources (Huai Nong Bueng) appeared to be the highest rank at a sufficient level (1.91 percent). The next rank is a tap water with a sufficient level (1.92 percent) and the lowest rank is the pool or pond or pond where storing water for use with a sufficient level (2.27 percent). 2. The water resources usage problems for agriculture Table 1 shows the responses of water level problem towards the water resources usage for agriculture. The item “the existing water resource in community is not enough for plant” appeared to be the highest rank (  = 3.42) and the next rank was the item “no water resource for agriculture” ( = 3.40), while the lowest rank was the item “the canal or water resource is not conducive to use” ( = 2.71). The all three water level problems for agriculture showed at moderate level.

Table 1 Mean and standard deviation of the water level factor. The water level problem S.D. Level Existing water resource in community is not enough for 3.4275 .00285 moderate plant No water resource for agriculture 3.4050 .87159 moderate Canal or water resource is not conducive to use 2.7175 .26954 moderate Total 3.2369 .47343 moderate

Table 2 illustrates the responses of agriculture problem towards the using water resources for agriculture which indicates that the highest ranked items was “Lack of effective community leaders in water management for agriculture” ( = 3.45) while the item “Lack of cooperation among farmers” was the next rank ( = 3.44). The lowest rank was the item “People migrate outside the area to find work that caused family problems and lack of warmth” ( = 2.90). The all agriculture problems shown occurred at moderate level.

Table 2 Mean and standard deviation of the agriculture factor. The agriculture S.D. Level Lack of effective community leaders in water 3.4500 .94267 moderate management for agriculture Lack of cooperation among farmers 3.4400 .80500 moderate People migrate outside the area to find work that 2.9050 .94510 moderate caused family problems and lack of warmth Total 3.1860 .35506 moderate

Table 3 describes the mean scores related to the responses of the government support towards the using water resources for agriculture where all items were ranked moderately high. The highest mean was ranked for the item “people do not have water usage knowledge for plant” ( = 3.41), followed by the lack of cooperation between relevant agencies ( = 3.20) and

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [44] followed by the item “government agencies have no plans/projects such as digging ponds, irrigation canal, reservoir construction to solve water shortage problem” (  = 3.06)

Table 3 Mean and standard deviation of the government support factor. The government support S.D. Level People do not have water usage knowledge for plant 3.4150 .92732 moderate Lack of cooperation between relevant agencies 3.2025 .91848 moderate Government agencies have no plans/projects such as 3.0625 .85757 moderate digging ponds, irrigation canal, reservoir construction to solve water shortage problem Total 3.2144 .53024 moderate

2. Table 4 shows the suggestions towards the using water resources for agriculture which indicates that the highest level was a public relations or promotion for farmers about water management regularly ( = 3.46) and followed by the item “collaboration between government officials and local farmers to determine sustainable water management guidelines” ( = 3.37). The lowest rank was the item “To train and educate people about water management for agriculture, establishment of water user group, creating water storage, and water allocation” ( = 3.11). The all water management suggestion shown occurred at quite agree level.

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation of water management suggestion. The water management suggestion S.D. level To promote or encourage farmers about water 3.4637 .85246 Quite agree management regularly To collaborate between government officials and local 3.3725 .02536 Quite agree farmers to determine sustainable water management guidelines To train and educate people about water management for 3.1175 .93320 Quite agree agriculture, establishment of water user group, creating water storage, and water allocation Total 3.2395 .35269 Quite agree

3. The water management participation for agriculture Table 5 describes the mean scores related to the responses of physical factor towards the water management participation for agriculture where all items were ranked quite agrees level. The table indicates that the highest ranked was the item “you attended a water user group meeting” ( = 3.38). The next rank was the item “you participate in activities related to water management” ( = 3.23). The lowest rank was the item “you often work to solve water problems” ( = 3.05).

Table 5 Mean and standard deviation of physical factor. The physical factor S.D. Level You frequently attended a water user group meeting 3.3850 .05573 Quite agree You participate in various activities related to water 3.2375 .86159 Quite agree management You often work to solve water problems 3.0550 .85955 Quite agree Total 3.2070 .42047 Quite agree

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [45]

Table 6 illustrates the responses of idea factor towards the water management participation for agriculture which indicates that the highest ranked items was “water resources should be shared” (  = 3.26) followed by the item “idea to develop water resources with other water users” ( = 3.18) and followed by the item “the punishment for the offender about water usage” ( = 2.98). The all ideas factor shown occurred at quite agree level.

Table 6 Mean and standard deviation of idea factor. The idea factor S.D. Level Think of allocating water resources 3.2650 .07362 Quite agree Think of the way to develop water resources with other 3.1850 .99913 Quite agree water users Propose a punishment for the perpetrator of water usage 2.9850 .99108 Quite agree Total 3.1215 .47719 Quite agree

Table 7 shows the responses of emotional factor towards the water management participation for agriculture. The all emotional factor shown occurred at quite agree level. The item “confidence in the community's ability to manage water resources” appeared to be the highest rank ( = 3.36) and the next rank was the item “to solve unfair water problem as soon as possible” ( = 3.18). The lowest rank was the item “a feeling that you have enough water to use” ( = 3.08).

Table 7 Mean and standard deviation of emotional factor. The emotional factor S.D. Level Have confidence in the community's ability to manage 3.3650 .88245 Quite agree water resources Solve unfair water problem as soon as possible 3.1875 .97558 Quite agree Feel that you have enough water to use 3.0850 .93539 Quite agree Total 3.1885 .51051 Quite agree

Table 8 describes the mean scores related to the responses of ownership factor towards the water management participation for agriculture where all items were ranked quite agrees level. The table indicates that the highest ranked was the item “You feel that you are a part of community in water management” ( = 3.37) and the next rank was the item “You will preserve and maintain water resources” ( = 3.30). The lowest rank was the item “You have enough water that meet your needs and public” ( = 3.08).

Table 8 Mean and standard deviation of ownership factor. The ownership factor S.D. level You feel that you are a part of community in water 3.3775 .96036 Quite agree management You will preserve and maintain water resources 3.3050 .91601 Quite agree You have enough water that meet your needs and 3.0850 .86871 Quite agree public Total 3.2680 .41691 Quite agree

Discussion The study found that most of the sample groups participated in water management for agriculture in the Phra Phloeng sub-district.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [46]

1. the context of Phra Phloeng Sub-district, Khao Chakan District, Srakaew Province, which facilitate the community participation in water management for agriculture. 1.1 Area condition and agricultural information Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization is a local government organization that located in the south of Khao Chakan district, Srakaew province and also away from the Khao Chakan district about 11 kilometers, with a total area of 263.48 square kilometers or 164,675 rai. The area is a plateau and there are many small mountains that make a small natural canal into two lines and one swamp which become water resources for agriculture and consumption plentifully. A total population of approximately 15,877 people are under the control of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administration Organization which consisted of 8,035 men and 7,842 women. 1.2 Agricultural land use The most of the agricultural areas of Phra Phloeng Sub-district is farming such as crops farming, orchard or rice field, and livestock respectively. A total agricultural area of approximately 88,812 rai. 1.3 Water resources for agriculture The important water resources for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Subdistrict is the rain water basin, the Phra Sathong canal, Phra Phloeng canal, and a various natural water resources. 1.4 The important economic crops and crops cultivation area of Phra Phloeng sub-district in 2007 The important economic crops includes a 31,750 rai of in-season rice field, 400 rai of out-of- season rice field, 21,480 rai of maize, 31,950 rai of cassava, 8,730 rai of sugar cane, 11,850 rai of soybean, 6,120 rai of mung beans, 11,850 rai of sesame, 560 rai of kenaf, 490 rai of jute, 32 rai of organic guava, 480 rai of sweet bamboo, 485 rai of hedge bamboo, 2,500 rai of rubber, 100 rai of oil palm, 1,250 rai of vegetable, 11,303 rai of wood, 270 rai of cotton, 3,480 rai of papaya, 125 rai of cantaloupe, 230 rai of sweet corn. 2. Community participation in water management for agriculture in Phra Phloeng Sub- district, Khao Chakan district, Sa Kaeo Province can be concluded that water management for agriculture in the Phra Phloeng sub-district is most effective. The development of sustainable social capital must be encouraged participation and created networks and cooperation from all sectors to connect families and communities, religious institutions, government agencies, private sector continuously (Kalyanamitra, 2018: 314) and also emphasis on the participation process. (Kalyanamitra, 2017: 36). The royal initiative of His Majesty the King water energy project should be apply to a community. The first important point is Rain (Nam Fon) to solve drought problems by creating artificial rain which we are well known as “the royal rain” to increase water to the land. The next point is to store water by making weir to reduce leach rate in the mountain area and also to store water for people’s daily life (His Majesty King Bhumibol Adulyadej’s Footsteps, 2004: 59). Moreover, the vetiver grass planting is the way to prevent soil erosion and retaining soil moisture (Sumet Tantivejkul and group, 2005: 58). The water management can be arranged into short, medium and long term as follow: (Ketima, 2012) The short-term management is to develop the existing water resources and obtain water supply from nearby areas. The Medium-term management is to procure a new water storage. The Long-term management is to induce the "Forest Mountain" Sustainable Forest Management: Reforestation of forests in the upper reaches of the forest, three kinds of forestry, four benefits and new theory of agriculture of His Majesty King Bhumibol Adulyadej to be a water management guideline in conjunction with the community participation process.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [47]

Suggestion Policy suggestion 1. Local government agency should give an opportunity to community to participate in situation analysis planning, water content and usage survey, and identifying major watershed problems. 2. Local government agency should decide an environmental policy to create sustainability in the Phra Phloeng sub-district watershed community by cultivating consciousness in conservation and preservation natural resources. 3. Local government agency should decide a social policy to create sustainability in the Phra Phloeng sub-district community by emphasis community self-sufficiency. 4. Local government agency should create an economic sustainability policy in a higher level. Practical suggestion Community participation in water management for agriculture of Phra Phloeng Sub-district should be proceeded as follows: 1. Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization should organize water management project continuously to stimulate an environmental restoration perfectly. 2. All sections, including subdistrict administrative organization, Royal Irrigation department, community leaders, farmers and water user groups, should manage a forum for brainstorming in development planning by exploring the community resources, especially water shortage in households. 3. The government should promote and create agricultural strategies, including extension of sustainable agriculture project, weir project, and Canal Dredging Project. The Subdistrict Administrative Organization should facilitate the community participation water management continuously. 4. Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization should set up a sufficiency economy learning centre by using a community potential and available resources to find community management problems and needs to obtain a career that generates sustainable income. 5. Sa Kaeo provincial agency should cooperates with universities or agencies that have knowledge and expertise in water management to develop water management and increase agricultural income for local people.

References Bunlai, S. and Sriphokunkul, S. 2017. “Water management guideline for sustainable agriculture: case study: Tha Krasorm Sub-district, Nam Phong District, Khon Kaen Province.” Veridian E-Journal, Silpakorn University 10 (2): 1771-1784. Department of Local Administration . 2017. Local government administration information. Retrieved from http://www.dla.go.th/work/abt/. His Majesty King Bhumibol Adulyadej’s Footsteps. 2004. A Royal Initiative. Bangkok: Rungsin Printing Company. Hydro and Agro Informatics Institute (HAII). 2016. Agricultural water. Retrieved from http://hydrolaw.thaiwater.net. Iamsarad, K. 2007. Water resources development for agriculture guideline, case study: Nong Klack Subdistrict, Sawankhalok District, Sukhothai Province. Master of Arts in Development Strategy Program Thesis, Pibulsongkram Rajabhat University. Kalyanamitra, P. 2017. “Causal Factors of Success in the Good Governance Implemention of Local Administrative Organizations in Central Region, Thailand.” Asian Political Science Review 1 (2): 31-37.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [48]

Kalyanamitra, P. 2018. “The Development of Social Capital in Pathum Thani Province towards Sustainable Developmant Based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy.” PSAKU Interntional Jonrnal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (1): 314-320. Ketima, W. 2012. Water management for agriculture guideline in Phra Phloeng Sub- district, Dong Mahawan Subdistrict, Wiang Chiang Rung District Chiang Rai province. Chiangmai: Chiangmai University. Lohapakdisawad, S. and Jesadalak, V. 2015. “Public participation in water resource management, water transmission and maintenance Project, Khun Dan Prakarnchon Dam under the royal initiative, Nakhon Nayok Province.” Veridian E-Journal, Silpakorn University 8 (2): 1454-1475. Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization. 2018a. General information of Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administration Organization. Retrieved from http://www.phraphlong.com/pp2.htm. Phra Phloeng Subdistrict Administrative Organization.2018b.The fourth year Local Development Plan (2018-2021). Retrieved from http://www.phraphlong.com/2561- 2564/2.pdf. Rachartcharoen, M. 2015. “Community participation in water management for agricultural in Lam Chiang Krai community.” VRU Research and Development Journal 10 (1): 76-87. Research team. 2019. Local Administration Organization with Good Management Model in 2562. Bangkok: Sukhothai Thammathirat Open University. Tantivejkul, S. et al. 2005. Concepts and theories of local development under the royal initiative. Bangkok: The Chaipattana Foundation.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [49]

Community Participation in Developing Tourism Attractions in Watthana Nakhon, Sa Kaeo, Thailand

Montree Chinsomboon Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 18 December 2018 Revised: 23 May 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research has objectives to study on the conditions of Watthana Nakhon Sub-district community’s context, the capacity of community in developing tourism attractions, and format in developing tourism attractions with the participation of Watthana Nakhon Sub- district, Watthana Nakhon District, Sa Kaeo Province. This is a Participatory Action Research. The sample groups of 50 people are consisting of representatives from governmental organizations, representatives from local administrative office, local leaders, and local people from Watthana Nakhon Sub-district, Watthana Nakhon District, Sa Kaeo Province. There were three tools utilizing in this research, which are 1) an observation form, 2) group interview, and 3) focus group discussion. This research utilized Descriptive Data Analysis method. The results found that most of the area of Watthana Nakhon Sub-district community is a low land, most of the population is doing agriculture, and the community is famous for producing roasted sticky rice in bamboo joints, wickerwork, and jasmine rice. In terms of community’s capacity in developing tourism attractions, the researchers found that the community is located on the main road of Sa Kaeo province, which there are many tourists passing by. There are many important religious and historical sited. The local leaders are very strong. Community’s products have the capacity to be developed as tourism attractions with the participation of corporation network and people in the community. In terms of the format for developing community’s tourism attractions, the researchers found that tourism attractions in the community can be developed by using community’s products, which are developed from social capital and local wisdom, to get tourists attractions and connecting tourism routes with important sited in Watthana Nakhon Sub-district community. Keywords: Participation, Community-Based Tourism, Tourism Attractions

Introduction Tourism is an industry that playing an important role in the development of Thai economy since the past until today. Tourism has always been integrated with the country’s development in every aspect. Therefore, there is an integration of tourism in defining national development strategy for the country’s stability, wealth, and sustainability. Tourism industry has high rate of expansion and it is a source of income, which brings foreign currencies, job creation, and distribution of income and wealth to the region. On 17 April 2009, the Council of Ministers reached the conclusion to put tourism in the national agenda (National Tourism Development Plan, 2011). Nowadays, there are various forms of tourism activities. Besides for leisure, tourists can gain knowledge from tourism attractions (Chatchakul., 2014). The tendency of changes in the global market has created marketing opportunity for Thai tourism industry in developing tourism to be relevant and responsive to the changes of tourism. The increasing demand for traveling to gain more experience causes many countries to improve

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [50] their products, services, and tourism routes. The changes of tourist behaviors create many new fields of tourism. Moreover, many countries have started to add more variety of tourism in order to respond to the different preferences (National Tourism Development Plan, 2017). Sa Kaeo province is located on the eastern border of Thailand. There are many historical objects and sites, as well as natural resources. It is considered as the gate to the Kingdom of Cambodia through the connection of transportation and tourism of the two countries. There is Rong Kluea market as the biggest border market in Southeast Asia with a long history since the Dvaravati period. It has been the center of living, art, culture, and traditions of people from many different races. The trade with the neighboring countries has been existed since long time. The area is close to Angor Wat, one of the seventh wonder of the world. Also, there are routes connecting to Bangkok, which are not very long. From the tourism information of Sa Kaeo province in 2011, there were 907,808 Thai tourists and 147,999 foreign tourists visited Sa Kaeo. Thai and foreign visitors brought revenue to the tourism of Sa Kaeo province of 2,150 million baht/year and 325 million baht/year respectively. The total revenue is 2,475 million baht/year (Sa Kaeo Province Border Trade Service Center, 2018). From this, it shows that Sa Kaeo has a lot of original tourism assets, but still lack of development in terms of tourism competitiveness and participation from related organizations in seriously developing community’s tourism attractions. Tourism Authority of Thailand sets the main policies to support tourism by marketing operation, attraction development for standard and valuable for tourism, facility and service development for standard and satisfying tourists, and expanding tourist area to be distributed in the local area (Warakunwit, 2003). New model of tourism development in the community is to meet demand and substitute traditional tourism and it needs participation of people in the community, representatives of local administrative organizations, and relevant departments to participate in tourism development and support. This can be done by participating in tourism resource management (Jittangwatana, 2005). Participation of community and corporation network is very important in driving the development of community’s tourism attractions. Therefore, people in the community and representative from local administrative offices and educational institutions should take the important role in participating in tourism development and promotion. It is important to encourage people to participate in organizing tourism activities, as people are the owner of local wisdom and resources. It would be difficult for the development of community’s tourism attractions to become successful, if there were no participation from the local people. Therefore, participation of the community is an important factor for a sustainable development of the community’s tourism (Mahapitakate, 1995). From the government policy that gives importance on tourism and improvement of community in order to be able to respond to the government policy, which relevant to the 3rd issue of Sa Kaeo Province Strategy: restore tourism attractions and improve tourism facilities in order to support the environment in becoming ecotourism attractions and connecting Khmer history and culture. There is one of the strategies that relevant to this research, which is the 2nd strategy: to promote public sector network in taking participation in tourism and creating network to connect tourism both domestic and international, 3rd strategy: to improve the capacity of tourism attractions by restoring and preserving the beauty and diversity of tourism attractions, especially in terms of cultural and historical aspects, 6th strategy: to encourage the development of tourism personnel and operators, and 7th strategy: to develop tourism activities and format to be more various in order to create more alternatives (Sa Kaeo Provincial Office, 2019). Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, Watthana Nakhon district, Sa Kaeo province is one of the communities of Sa Kaeo province that situated around important tourist attractions such as Nakhon Tham Temple, Baan Prao community (Khao Lam), Statue of King Naresuan.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [51]

In the community, there is a development of local products to become community’s products and tourism attractions. From the first group meeting, the researchers discussed with the sample groups, which are the representatives from local administrative offices and local leaders of all 14 villages in Watthana Nakhon sub-district and found some problems that need to be solved and improved including the lack of participation in the development to add value to the products and the lack of participation in developing community’s tourism attractions. In this meeting, the council has specified the desire for community’s participation to support the community to become an important tourist attraction of the province and an improvement of community’s product value.

Research Objectives 1. To study on the conditions of Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, Watthana Nakhon district, Sa Kaeo province 2. To study on the capacity of community in developing tourism attractions at Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, Watthana Nakhon district, Sa Kaeo province 3. To study on the format of community’s tourism attractions development with the participation of Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, Watthana Nakhon district, Sa Kaeo province

Literature Review Researchers have studied on related content, concepts, and theories in support of this research, which consist of participatory concepts and tourism attraction development concepts. Participatory concept is referred to the participation of community in managing from the beginning process, which the participation should be completed from the beginning until the last process. That is to say, it should start from self-consciousness and taking the responsibility in planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation, receiving benefits, and distribute profit to the community directly. In this case, people will participate in different activities like planning, making decision, proceeding activities. In order to have a fair evaluation and receiving fair profits, people should have freedom and willingness in participation in all process and have the sense of belonging to the process that will bring success to the development. This is considered to be a practice and development of people (Choibamroong 2009). Therefore, participation means taking part in receiving profits from the development by participating in creating the development and participating in the process of making decision for the development. United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) defines tourism as any travel which according to 3 international conditions which consist of 1) traveling from a regular residence to other places temporarily, 2) travel is done willingly, not by forced, and 3) traveling for any purpose other than career or income purposes. These definitions were set in 1963 during Travel and Tourism Meeting for members to consider guidelines to share understanding and have the same standard. Moreover, to collect related information on tourism which will be benefit for management and effectiveness of tourism industry management (Warakunwit, 2015). Participation of the tourism community is supporting the local community to participate in sustainable tourism by providing the community with the benefit of income from tourism and can maintain environment sustainably (Tangchitcharoen, 1999). Cohen and Uphoff (1980) classified the participation into 4 types as follows; 1. Decision-making

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [52]

2. Implementation consists of management resource support and collaboration for cooperation. 3. Benefits no matter if it is object, social, or personal benefits. 4. Evaluation Tourism attraction development concept can only become successful with recognition in giving importance of tourism promotion, tourism attraction management for good conditions and services, and tourism capacity development by community and related organizations. For a sustainable development of Thai tourism, it should start with creating roles in participation of all level of associations to participate in tourism development of their own community with the support from governmental organization, private sector, and people in the community to develop tourism attractions. In order to achieve the goals and respond to the needs of the community, there should be an encouragement in creating network in order to build a mechanism to drive an energetic and efficient operation for a sustainable tourism development, which will lead to a long-term development in working in the future (Choibamroog, 2009). Research Framework This is a qualitative research. The researchers defined the research framework according to the Participatory Action Research concept, which has the following detail:

conditions, problems, factors, restrictions, and components, which ethods in ommunity participating in participates in limited the opportunity of the community in participating in the communityss tourism communityss tourism development of communityss tourism attraction attraction develoment attractions development

Figure 1 Research Framework

Research Methodology A research on Community Participation in Developing Tourism Attractions in Watthana Nakhon Sub-district, Watthana Nakhon District, Sa Kaeo Province is a qualitative research in order to study on the conditions of Watthana Nakhon Sub-district community’s context, the capacity of community in developing tourism attractions, and format in developing tourism attractions with the participation of Watthana Nakhon Sub-district, Watthana Nakhon District, Sa Kaeo Province, which the process in conducting this research is categorized as follow:

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [53]

Researchers Observa study on the tion conditions of - atthana nakhon sub district community

representatives Group Study on the capacity from Interview of community in governmental developing tourism ations, organio attractions representatives from local Participation in administrative community’s tourism offices, local attraction development at Watthana Nakhon leaders, local Focus Study on format in people in Group Sub-district developing tourism atthana Discussion attractions with the nakhon participation of Watthana Nakhon Sub- district, Watthana Nakhon District, Sa Kaeo Province

Figure 2 Process in Research Operation

Population and sample groups Population that used in this study is consisting of 50 people representatives from governmental organizations, representatives from local administrative offices, local leaders, people in the community of Watthana Nakhon sub-district, Watthana district, Sa Kaeo province. Sample groups consist of representatives from each population group. So, the sample groups were defined in order to collect data. The researchers employed purposive sampling method as follow: 5 representatives from governmental organizations, 10 representatives from local administrative offices, 15 local leaders 15 local people, 5 researchers Research Instruments Observation: In this research, two types of observations were used: Participant observation consists of 3 processes, which are observing, questioning, and recording in order to get the actual data from the condition of the community. Non-participant observation is an observation from outside by not participating in the activities in order collects data without anyone noticing to study the condition of Watthana Nakhon sub-district community. Group Interview: The data is collecting from talking with interviewees on the issues related to the general context of Watthana Nakhon sub-district, which there was a moderator to bring up topics to discuss with interviewees, whom selected from the defined population in order to study on the condition of Watthana Nakhon sub-district. Focus Group Discussion: This is a study on the format of community’s tourism attraction development with the participation of Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, Watthana Nakhon district, Sa Kaeo province. In order to arrange a focus group, the researchers selected participants from the defined population, which the conversation was defined according to research framework and objectives.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [54]

Research Results From the condition of Watthana Nakhon sub-district, the community is located in the central part of Sa Kaeo province, which divided ruling area into 14 villages: Moo.1 Baan Prao, Moo.2 Baan Hua Chang, Moo.3 Baan None Jig, Moo.4 Baan Sra Lop, Moo.5 Baan Muang, Moo.6 Baan Nong Kum, Moo.7 Baan Jig, Moo.8 Baan Ang Phai, Moo.9 Baan Thang Luang, Moo.10 Baan Watthana Nakhon, Moo. 11 Baan Nong Klong, Moo.12 Baan Nong Saeng, Moo.13 Baan Nern Phasuk, Moo.14 Baan Wangsiew. Most of the area is low plain with natural waterways passing through the area. Most of the area is used for rice plantation. Most of the people are doing agriculture. The community is famous for producing roasted sticky rice in bamboo joints, wickerwork, and jasmine rice. There is an important religious site, which is Nakhon Tham temple, and an important historical site, which is the statue of King Naresuan. There are many group of products, but without any official registration and connection with the tourism attractions of the community. In terms of community’s capacity in developing tourism attractions, the researchers found that the community is located on the main road of Sa Kaeo province, between Muang district and Aranyaprathet district, which there are many tourist cars passing by. There is an important religious site, Nakhon Tham temple, where Luang Pho Khao or Luang Pho Poon Buddha image is located. This is an ancient Buddha image with an age over 100 years. The Buddha image is sitting on the haunches. It is widely spoken among people in the area about the miracle and sanctity of this Buddha image. When Luang Pho Khao Buddha image was brought from an abandoned temple in 1943, there was a monk saw tears dropping from the Buddha image’s eyes. At the same time, it was raining heavily. Moreover, in side the vihara, there are model of Buddha’s footprint and relics, which were brought from Phamadullaracha Mahaviharn temple, Rattanapura, Sri Lanka. Every year from January to February, Watthana Nakhon district arranges a parade of relics and pay respect to Luang Pho Khao. In addition, the community still has another important historical site, which is the statue of King Naresuan that located in Chalerm Phrakiat Park in an area of 720 rai. The statue shows King Naresuan is standing with his right hand raising a sword over his head. People of Watthana Nakhon participated in building this statue in 1994 for the remembrance of King Naresuan’s devine grace when he was mustering to set up a camp in Thamnop district, which believed to be current Watthana Nakhon district, in order to fight with Phraya Lawaeg of Khmer, who was rebellious against Ayutthaya Kingdom. The capacity of community in terms of personnel is there are strong leaders. Interesting community’s products are including riceberry, roasted sticky rice in bamboo joints, krayasat, artificial flowers, fertilizer from fresh vegetable, and plastic wickerwork, which can be developed to be community’s tourism attractions. In order to develop tourism attractions of Watthana Nakhon sub-district community, the participation of governmental corporation network and local people is required. In terms of format in developing tourism attractions with the participation of community, the researchers found that tourism attractions in the community can be developed by using community’s products, which are developed from social capital and local wisdom, to get tourists attractions and connecting tourism routes with important sited in Watthana Nakhon Sub-district community. It can be started from officially registering these groups, creating community’s product development plan, community’s tourism attractions development plan to connect with product development. Bring the registered groups and community’s tourism attractions development plan to connect with product development to drive the policy through Watthana Nakhon community’s council and push it towards putting the plan for community’s tourism attractions development to connect with product development into the action plan of Watthana Nakhon district administration organization. For the sustainability and continuity, the format in developing tourism attractions with the participation of corporation network and community is as follow:

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [55]

Valaya Alongkorn Thai Health Promotion Rajabhat University Foundation

atthana nakhon Researchers atthana nakhon ommunity Organioations Distric sub-district Development Institute Administration community (Public Prganioation) Organioation

Plan to develop community’s tourism attractions by connecting with community’s product development

drivening towards the policy through the community’s council

Put in the action plan of atthana nakhon sub-district Administration Organioation

Figure 3 Format in developing community’s tourism attractions of corporation network and community

Suggestions Local administrative organizations should take part in participating of tourism development and liaising with people in the community in order to create corporation in organizing a meeting for community and related organizations to come together to make plan on effective tourism development. There should be a system to create local development plan, encouraging on job training and local wisdom, and a meeting to create a good understanding on registering community product groups officially. There should be a creation for a precise community plan for tourism by organioing tourism attraction management system together with community or related organioations. Arrange promotional activities about the community’s tourism both within the community and outside to create awareness. Publicioe information systematically in order to make the community widely known and promote the attractions to bring more tourists.

References Chatchakul, N. 2014. Tourism Industry. 6th ed. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University Press. Choibamroong, T. 2009. Agricultural Resources Research for Sustainable Agro-tourism: A Case Study of Surat Thani, Thailand. Bangkok: The Thailand Research Fund. Cohen, J. and Uphoff, N. 1980. Participation’s Place in Rural Develop: Seeking clarity Through Specificity. New York: World Development. Jittangwatana, B.2005. Sustainable Tourism Development. Bangkok: Press & Design. Mahapitakate, P. 1995. Villagers and channel factor. The concept of co-operative conservation of the tours. Nonthaburi: King Prajadhipok's Institute.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [56]

National Tourism Development Plan, 2011. National Tourism Development Plan, 2017. Sa Kaeo Province Border Trade Service Center, 2018. Sa Kaeo Provincial Office, 2019. Warakunwit, S. 2003. Orientation to Tourism Industry. Bangkok: FuengFha Printing. Warakulwit, S. 2015. Orientation to tourism industry. Bangkok: Waewwow Printing.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [57]

The Mobilization of Small Scale Fisheries Community with Knowledge Management for Conservation and Restoration of the Marine and Coastal Resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province

Sayan Thongsri Faculty of Education and Development Sciences, Kasetsart University, Kamphaeng Saen Campus, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Wannee Niamhom Faculty of Education and Development Sciences, Kasetsart University, Kamphaeng Saen Campus, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Sunti Srisuantaeng Faculty of Education and Development Sciences, Kasetsart University, Kamphaeng Saen Campus, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 27 May 2019 Revised: 29 June 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research aimed to study knowledge management model and mobilize a small scale fisheries community through knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province. A qualitative research method and action research were used. Data collections were done by document study, observations, interviews and small group discussion. Thirty key informants: the chair, the committee and leaders of the community. Data analysis was conducted through content analysis. The research findings were: 1) the knowledge management model for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of a prototype small scale fisheries community included six stages; (1) knowledge identification, (2) knowledge acquisition, (3) knowledge creation and compilation, (4) knowledge storage, (5) knowledge transferring and sharing, and (6) knowledge application, 2) mobilization of small scale fisheries community through knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources, it was found that the community had good plans for knowledge dissemination in driving the community. After an implementation of knowledge management, the community took more action in marine and coastal resources conservation and restoration. There were good signs of coastal ecology and an increase in numbers of aquatic animals affecting an increase in community income due to increasing numbers of aquatic animals in the areas taken care by the community. Keywords: Mobilization, Small Scale Fisheries Community, Knowledge Management, Conservation and Restoration, Marine and Coastal Resources

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [58]

Introduction The problem regarding the decrease in number of aquatic animals was caused by the introduction of modern tools for fishery. More animals were caught, both fully grown and young ones, leading to tremendous destruction of the ecological system. The introduction of modern technology in fishery such as sound navigation and ranging or sonar can help spot locations of sea animals. The use of illegal fishery tools like trawl boats, pushing nets, surrounding nets, and generator boats to catch anchovy, destroys young aquatic animals resulting in reduction of marine and coastal resources of Thailand. The Department of Fisheries has enacted a law to the effect that within the distance of 3 sea miles or 5.4 kilometers away from shore commercial fishing boats are not allowed to operate because it is a spawning and breeding zone and a food source for young aquatic animals, especially phytoplankton and zooplankton. Unfortunately, There are still fishery smuggling problems caused by commercial fishing boats resulting in a decrease in numbers of aquatic animal resources in each area and an adverse effect on folk fisheries. (Nasae, 2015) Sustainable problem solutions will support the community in increasing numbers of aquatic animals and raising awareness of community’s problems in using illegal fishery tools. The introduction of knowledge management will serve as a tool for the community to build up body of knowledge and encourage their consciousness in conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of the community. Knowledge management is a systematic process in constructing the knowledge of indicating existing context, knowledge identification, knowledge acquisition, knowledge creation and compilation, knowledge storage, knowledge transferring, knowledge sharing and exchanging, applying knowledge appropriately and further developing and constructing new knowledge. This practice is a key to successful mastery of knowledge and helps solve community’s problems (Kucza, 2001; Davenport and Prusak, 1998). The introduction of knowledge management in the prototype small scale fisheries communities to mobilize Balasoh Khao Saen folk fisheries community at Khao Seng beach, which has been facing problems regarding aquatic animal resources, will help solve its real problems effectively. It will also lead to responsible fishery, awareness raising and appreciating the value of using resources sustainably within the human resource and community development concept.

Research Objectives The objectives of this research were to study knowledge management model and mobilize a small scale fisheries community through knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province.

Research Methods A qualitative research method and action research were employed to investigate knowledge management model in conserving and restoring of marine and coastal resources of a prototype small scale fisheries communities for further application in driving small scale fisheries community. The study consisted of two stages; Stage 1: Studying the knowledge management models for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of prototype small scale fisheries communities. The areas where research was conducted were Ban Huakhao small scale fisheries community, Tambon Huakhao, Singhanakhon District, Songkhla Province, which was successful in sea crab restoration, and Panare small scale fisheries community, Tambon Panare, Panare District, Pattani Province, which was successful in frontage resource management consisting of community crab bank, fishery free zone, fish house building, and community’s regulations.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [59]

Both prototype communities serve as complete learning resource centers accredited by local and other government and private sectors. Twenty-five key informants, consisting of nine chairperson and committee of Crab Bank of Por Sap-anan small scale fisheries community and sixteen chairperson and committee of Panare small scale fisheries community, participated in this study. Research tools consisted of a semi-structured interview form and observation. Data collections were done by document study, observations, interviews and small group discussion. Data analysis was conducted through content analysis. Stage 2: Mobilization of the small scale fisheries community. The practice in knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources was introduced and applied in the small scale fisheries community located on the bank of the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province, through the following steps; 1) planning, 2) action, 3) observation, and 4) reflection. The mobilization of the community was Balasoh Khao Saen small scale fisheries community at Khao Seng beach, Boryang, Muang District, Sonkkhla Province. Key informants were five folk fisheries leaders of the community. Research tools comprised field note, observation form and interview form and data were collected through observations, interviews, group discussions and reflection meetings. Content analysis and data triangulation were used in the study in order to obtain accuracy and reliability of data from different sources leading to accurate and reliable results.

Results Part 1: Results of the studying of the knowledge management model for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of two prototype small scale fisheries communities. The analytical study was concluded that the model of the knowledge management for marine and coastal resources conservation and restoration of two prototype small scale fisheries communities consisted of six steps as shown in Table 1.

Table 1 The model of the knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of two prototype folk fishery communities. Steps in Ban Huakhao folk Panare folk fishery Summary of knowledge fishery community community management models in management two prototype communities 1. Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge identification Identification of the Identification of the identification of the community was crab community was crab communities were crab eggs hatching. eggs hatchery. eggs hatchery and crab releasing. 2. Knowledge Method in knowledge Method in knowledge Knowledge acquisition acquisition acquisition of the acquisition of the of the communities by community was community was making visits to learn educational trip to educational trip to Por from experts and Coastal Aquatic Sap-anan Crab Bank successful Animals Culture of Ban Hua Khao organizations. Research in Krabi. community.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [60]

Table 1 (Con.) Steps in Ban Huakhao folk Panare folk fishery Summary of knowledge fishery community community management models in management two prototype communities 3. Knowledge The community applied The community The communities creation and knowledge from applied knowledge applied knowledge from compilation educational trip into from educational trip educational trip into practice and was able to into practice practice and was able to create body of successfully and construct unique body of knowledge in crab productively. They knowledge. They could hatching. Experimental could construct new construct new study was also knowledge and local knowledge in crab conducted to study crab wisdom to make more hatching and understood life cycle from and safe habitats for that survival rate of reproduction to breeding aquatic animals young crabs. Panare and became expert in including identifying community could create crab hatching- conservation and the following works; knowledge constructed restoration zone crab bank, conservation by the community. equipped, fish house and restoration zone, building, fishery free fish house building, and zone, and regulations regulations setting. setting. leading to balanced marine ecology. 4. Knowledge Knowledge storage of Knowledge storage of Knowledge storage of storage the community kept the community kept the communities kept their knowledge by their knowledge in their knowledge by recording in documents different ways; recording in documents (such as brochures, keeping notes, photos, (such as brochures, postures) computers, documents, notes, postures) photos, videos, multi- computers, mobile computers, photos, medias, mobile phones. phones. They set up videos, and multi- Also they set up a two learning centers medias. The crab complete crab hatchery called Crab Bank, and hatchery learning center, learning center so that Rong Rian Chao-le. and Rong Rian Chao-le information was easily were easily accessed. accessed.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [61]

Table 1 (Con.) Steps in Ban Huakhao folk Panare folk fishery Summary of knowledge fishery community community management models in management two prototype communities 5. Knowledge The community was The community was The communities were transferring changed to community changed to changed to community and sharing of practice leading community of practice of practice leading naturally to knowledge leading naturally to naturally to knowledge transferring and sharing. knowledge transferring and sharing. Pamphlets, database, transferring and Pamphlets, database, and lectures were sharing. Exchanges of lectures, demonstration, provided for visitors knowledge were done and practice were who wished to learn through discussions provided. Exchanges of from the community. and presentation of knowledge were open There was also a model in frontage through discussions, demonstration on crab resources social media, and TV eggs removing for Management program. hatching. Exchange of consisting of four knowledge was done aspects; crab eggs through facebook and hatchery, fishery free presentations on TV. zone, fish house building, community’s regulations. 6. Knowledge The knowledge The knowledge The knowledge application application in crab application in crab application in crab hatching into other hatching into other hatching into other aquatic animals such as aquatic animals such aquatic animals mantis shrimp, spotted as mantis shrimp, breeding led to new Babylon, and giant spotted Babylon, and knowledge for the freshwater prawn. squids. The community. The Based on conclusion community was able practice led to the and lesson learned, to learn continuously. formation of community the community was able of practice and learning to construct new body of community. knowledge continuously.

The employment of the model of knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of the two prototype communities can solve the problem of reduction of marine resources in the area and give rise to a balanced marine ecological system. Part 2: Mobilization of a small scale fisheries community through knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province. From the study of the model of knowledge management in prototype small scale fisheries communities to mobilize the Balasoh Khao Saen small scale fisheries, which is an area with the problem of loss of aquatic animals leading to a crisis for the occupation of fishery in the area. The conduct of driving made use of the line of operational research consisting of four stages: 1) planning, 2) action, 3) observation, and 4) reflection, with the following details.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [62]

1. Planning The researcher held a meeting to plan jointly activities by the six stages of knowledge management, namely, 1) knowledge identification, 2) knowledge acquisition, 3) knowledge creation and compilation, 4) knowledge storage, 5) knowledge transferring and sharing, and (6) knowledge application. The meeting was also joined by five folk fisheries leaders of the community. The conclusion was that all the participants agreed to apply the model of prototype knowledge management. The planning to determine the knowledge identification about crab eggs hatching, fish house building, fishery free zone, and community’s regulations. Also planned was knowledge acquisition by means of study of various small scale fisheries communities such as Hua Khao Fishery Community, Panare Fishery Community, and the Network of the Department of Marine and Coastal Resources. “We want the resources in front of our houses to increase or be as abundant as in the past. To learn the way of rejuvenation from the successful prototype community can solve the problem of aquatic animals in our area.” (Leaders and members of the small scale fisheries group of the Balasoh Kao Saen Community) 2. Action After the meeting to plan the operation of knowledge management and determine knowledge identification, knowledge acquisition began by study tours of the above-state units, with the results in Table 2.

Table 2 Results of knowledge management operations in the Basaloh Kao Saen Community Activities Results 1 Knowledge 1) Crab eggs hatching, egg laying by mother crabs outside shells. acquisition on crab 2) Fish house building areas are of two types: 1) bamboo tied to eggs hatching, fish coconut frond, rope, and sand bag, 2) rope tied to coconut frond or rope house building, tied to sand bag. 3) Conservation and restoration zone starting from conservation and beach area in front of one’s house 1500 meters in length and 500 meters restoration zone in width with area marks throughout. 4) Community’s regulations and community’s meaning joint community agreement marking an area where fishery is regulations through prohibited. Violation is subjected to warning, confiscation of fishing study tours. tools and 2,000 Baht fine, and legal prosecution. 2.Knowledge The community leaders created and compiled knowledge for the creation and community from the study tours, in particular the method of crab compilation hatchery through egg moving and hatching by mother crabs. A body of knowledge is created of baby Crab hatchery and life cycle of crabs from hatching to further growth, with the knowledge about the length of each egg color from yellow to orange, brown, grey, and black, with time spent from nine, seven, five, three, and one days respectively. Knowledge is created of fish house building using rope and bamboo suited to an area, with the building of a line of house-front territory of conservation and restoration 1500 meters long and 500 meters wide. Community rules are established and jointly accepted by all, with three rules for violation: first time, entry on daily record with warning given; second time, 2,000 baht fine and confiscation of fishing tools; and third time, legal prosecution.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [63]

Table 2 (Con.) Activities Results 3.Knowledge The community leaders have stored knowledge about crab eggs storage hatching, fish house building, conservation and restoration zone and community’s regulations in writing and on online media such as Facebook by the name of community folk fishery cooperative of the community of Balasoh Kaosaen. A bank of aquatic animals was set up for the community. The house-front territory marking was a true learning source out of the conservation and restoration of marine animals. 4. Knowledge After knowledge storing the knowledge is transmitted to fishermen and transferring and family members by first demonstration, teaching, and lecturing, and all sharing begin actual practice with group leaders serving as guides showing knowledge about crab eggs hatching, fish house building, conservation and restoration zone and community’s regulations, including lecturing, demonstrating, and actual practice on crab eggs hatching and fish house building and conservation area marking. Presentations were then made on the exchange stage of the network of the Department of Marine and Coastal Resources. Consultation and knowledge extension were then made available to nearby folk fisheries communities in Songkhla Province. 5. Knowledge Local fishermen put to practice themselves the knowledge transmitted, application e.g., extracting crab eggs hatching and taking crab mothers back for sale, pitching in to help make fish house building to fit an area of conservation, with a rope trap laid where there is no obstacle to navigation, while outside a bamboo trap may be laid. All in a community accept community rules jointly agreed upon, with evidence of success in conservation and restoration. All will pitch in next year to speedily make fish house building, as those who finish first will forge ahead in benefit gained from fishing.

3. Observation The researcher observed the application for driving the model of knowledge management by prototype community through observation, interview, and small-group discussion. The results include 1) community people’s knowledge (affective domain) 2) community learning center 3) creating a process of community participation 4) creating a balanced system of marine ecology 5) creating security and durability for fishermen in community 6) factors in favor of the operation, and 7) obstacles caused by the application of knowledge management to driving. 4. Reflection After conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources by knowledge management model for community use, the researcher and those concerned consisting of folk fisheries leaders of the community, and representatives of folk fishermen of Balasoh Kaosaen Community held a meeting to reflect on the whole picture of knowledge management operation made up of three points, namely,1) attitude change of the people in a community, 2) benefits for a community, 3) broader application, 4) factors in favor of success, and 5) problems and obstacles.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [64]

Discussion The mobilization of the Balasoh Kao Saen small scale fisheries community by the action research methodology of Stephen Kemmis et. al. (2014), where in community driven by knowledge management the beginning of work plan, especially preparations and planning, is very important to the determination of a work target, in particular the readiness of data and community core groups as well as a knowledge management team. This is in accordance with the idea of Nutrada Wongnaya (2012), who said that knowledge management preparation is a vital step to lead to knowledge creation and learning goal setting, this being the heart of application for problem solving. But a trial-and-error practice slows problem solving and is time wasting. Knowledge acquisition is vital especially study tours especially of successful communities with clear types of operation. This will inspire and provide incentives for an observing community to practice with success. This is in accordance with the research by Sanor Klinngam (2008), which found that a vital factor in knowledge management is one’s acquisition for knowledge for precisely correct data. If a community wants to learn aquatic animal hatching of various kinds that are caught for propagation, and so it is necessary to seek more knowledge and apply it all the time. Real application of knowledge from knowledge acquisition so as to generate more knowledge, with the knowledge compilation into a set of community knowledge. This is in accordance with the works of Kucza (2001); Davenport and Prusak (1998), saying that knowledge management is a process of systematic knowledge creation with knowledge storing and sharing with present condition and needs specified, and improvement of the process affecting knowledge management, this being the main key to success in acquiring suitable knowledge for suitable people at proper time. It helps people to exchange knowledge and use information together in work performance born out of synergy between individuals. Knowledge is adjusted with new things learned all the time to top off what has been acquired. This is in agreement with the work of Prawase Wasi (2007) and the work of Wijarn Panich (2016) stating that knowledge management is a process of continuous cycle giving rise to continuous and regular work development, proceeding in stages of gathering, systematization, storage, and access to data to make a body of knowledge to be applied for creation of innovations and reaching out continuously and dynamically for things useful to society, leading to upgrading toward new conscience and basic transformation and to at least four aims at the same time, namely, attainment of targets of work, human development, development of organization toward learning organization and state of community and esprit de corps, with knowledge and the process of knowledge management as tools, with factors in favor of success in knowledge management consisting of leadership, knowledge and intellect, creation of a network of cooperation, organizational culture, and basic structure.

Conclusion The research findings may be summed up as follows. 1) The model of knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources of prototype small scale fisheries communities consists of six following stages. (1) Knowledge identification: the aim of learning must be clear and is the most important step of knowledge management toward speedy success. It can be used to remedy problems in a community in time. (2) Knowledge acquisition by study tours of successful communities will inspire action. (3) Knowledge creation and compilation from actual practice if successful will yield a set of new knowledge for the community concerned. (4) Knowledge storage in various forms leads to easy access to data for immediate application and benefit to others. (5) Knowledge transferring and sharing with others to know, understand, and solve problems of each community. And (6) Knowledge application to learn new things, or application must be

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [65] adapted to the context of each unique area, with the same goal of problem solving in a community. And 2) mobilize a small scale fisheries community through knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources in the Gulf of Thailand, Songkhla Province by the form of action research cycle of Stephen Kemmis et. al. (2014) made up of four steps: 1) Planning, with a clear aim set before action to lead to the target of problem solving for a community; 2) Action, involving proceeding by a set plan changeable as deemed proper, with an operational outcome that fulfills its goal, i.e., the solution to the decrease of marine resources adds abundance to the good signs of coastal ecology, and fishermen can catch more aquatic animals. 3) Observation, to gather effects of action, observing favorable and unfavorable factors in action by the steps of knowledge management.4) Reflection, with analysis made of results whether they meet the objectives set and whether there are problems and obstacles in implementation. A new plan of problem solving may be made. The result of step-by-step operation of knowledge management for conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources brings about an abundant coastal system of ecology, with more aquatic animals that generate more income for communities from the increasing number of more aquatic animals caught in community areas. This phenomenon has spread to nearby communities leading to conservation and restoration of marine and coastal resources, with application of the same model of knowledge management in other communities.

Acknowledgement This research was supported from graduate scholarship provided by the National Research Council of Thailand (NRCT) as of fiscal year 2017.

References Davenport, T. and Prusak, L. 1998. Working Knowledge: How Organization Manage What They Know. Cambridge: Harvard Business School Press. Department of Fisheries. 2018. Fisheries Statistics of Thailand 2016. Bangkok: Fisheries Development Policy and Strategy Division. Department of Marine and Coastal Resources. 2018. Marine and Coastal Resources Administration Plan and Policy 2019-2023. Songkhla: Marine and Coastal Resources Administration Office 6 Songkhla. Deputy Governor’s Office, Panare District. 2017. Official Performance Report of the Provincial Bureau of the Year 2017. Pattani: Public Relations Division. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., and Nixon, R. 2014. The Action Research Planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Singapore: Springer. Klinngam, S. 2008. Developing a Knowledge Management Model for Rajabhat Universities. Bangkok: Ramkhamhaeng University. Kucza, T. 2001. Knowledge Management Process Model: Technical Research Centre of Finland. Retrieved from http://www.researchgate.net/publication/244728243Know ledge_Management_Process. Nasae, B. 2015. Stop destructive fishing is strictly prohibited. Retrieved from http://www. komchadluek.net/news/detail/209354. Panich, W. 2016. The New Edge in Knowledge. Bangkok: Foundation of Knowledge Management Institution. Wasi, P. 2007. Knowledge Management: Human Liberation Process to Potential Freedom and happiness. 2nd ed. Bangkok: Knowledge Management Institution.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [66]

Wongnaya, N. 2012. The Development of Knowledge Management Model of Media Network for Children and Youth in the Northern Region. Nakhon Pathom: Silpakorn University.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [67]

Community Sufficiency Economy Readiness for Sustainable Agriculture and Tourism Development

Tanainan Tanantpapat Graduate School, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Anegpon Kuama Social Research Institute, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Pakpachong Vadhanasindhu Faculty of Commerce and Accountancy, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Suwit Srimai Faculty of Liberal Arts and Management Sciences, Prince of Songkla University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 27 March 2019 Revised: 27 May 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract The objective of the research is to study the readiness of the agricultural and tourism community towards sustainable development. The study focuses on agriculture and tourism communities in Thailand that applied Sufficiency Economy Philosophy (SEP) in their development. The research prioritized the important of factors that identify community readiness in every region of Thailand. An empirical study in both quantitative and qualitative was conducted by interviewing selected persons and experts to develop the questionnaire for data collection. The respondents of the study were 12 outstanding community leaders in agriculture and tourism and 602 villagers from 251 communities in every region of Thailand. The survey questionnaire was constructed for the study and tested for reliability, which hold good reliability with Cronbach alpha value at .968. Statistical tools used for the study are Mean, Standard deviation and One-way ANOVA. The results indicated 16 community readiness dimensions. The prioritized important level indicates 8 dimensions in high level and another 8 dimensions in moderate level. The comparison of important level by regions show different opinion towards community readiness dimensions. These findings are valuable and benefit to the communities as they are the community health check for Sufficiency Economy Readiness. Keywords: Community Readiness, Sustainable Development, Sufficiency Economy Philosophy

Introduction The issues of inequality development of urban and rural affect the stability of the country. The rural communities are struggling to find a solution to survive in todays’ competitive and changing environment. Rural communities are engaged in agriculture and local tourism. They are suffering from the impact of inequality and unfairness agricultural policy. They do not have enough income to live; they have health problems, debt, and lack of knowledge for self-

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [68] development. Therefore, Thai government and related development agencies are addressing to these problems by promoting rural development policies and allocate huge budget to develop many rural projects such as paddy pledging, agricultural product income guarantee and related diversify economic activities. However, the research “The “Populism” Policy and Building/Diminishing Economic “Inequality” and “Unfairness”: Empirical Suggestion on Pork-Barrel in Thailand’s Rice Trading Business” (2012) by Kittisak Jermsittiparsert, Thanaporn Sriyakul and Chayongkan Pamornmast indicated that paddy pledging and agricultural product income guarantee can either build or diminish to Thai economy and unsolved inequality and unfairness to Thais. These implementation activities or development projects did not succeed as it should be since the community is not ready to work together with the government. Most of these aid programs can help community in short term only, not sustainably. When the development agencies move out of the area, the community cannot continue operating the projects by themselves. This is because of the lack of community readiness evaluation. Some communities are only asked for the budget of the aid project without participation or contribute to the projects, and allow outsiders operate and manage projects for them, which finally led to the projects failure (Khatun, Heywood, Ray, Bhuiya and Liaw, 2016). Therefore, the community readiness lead to the success and failure of community development. If the community is ready, the development project will proceed smoothly and lead to sustainability. Moreover, the Sufficiency Economy Philosophy (SEP) has been applied to Thai community development towards sustainability in order to solved inequality and unfairness to Thais since 1999 (Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board, 2015). The philosophy comprises of three main components, moderate, reasonableness, and self-immunity together with knowledge condition and Integrity Condition, which can be applied for a guidance of community sustainability development. These three components were also proposed to promote community readiness, which protect communities from adverse changes in todays’ competitive environment (Kulvadee, 2017). Community readiness encouragement should be a starting activities for community development (Clarke, 2017). Studying and understanding the factors that affect community readiness to tackle the existing problems and develop community readiness is crucial. Therefore, the study of dimension for assessing community readiness for sustainability is helpful and necessary for government and related agencies as it is essential to evaluate communities prior to initiating community development projects.

Methodology Scope of the Study The scope of the study is focused on agriculture and tourism communities in Thailand that applied Sufficiency Economy Philosophy (SEP) to their development. The research prioritized the important of factors that identify community readiness in every region of Thailand namely North, South, East, West, North East and Central region. The secondary data related to Sufficiency Economy, the readiness of communities in Sustainable Agricultural and Tourism Development were studies to develop the semi- structure interview guide for the related government officers and community leaders. An empirical study in both quantitative and qualitative was conducted by interviewing selected persons and experts to develop questionnaire and collect data in collaboration with participation from related government officers, expert fields, community’s leaders and members to identify the readiness of the agricultural and tourism towards sustainable community development. Population and Sampling There are 98 communities of the Royal Initiative Discovery Institute’s development project. Among them the 12 communities are outstanding in agricultural and tourism, having their

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [69] own local identities products and services, renowned and achieved sustainable development or related awards were purposively selected for in-depth interview in order to identify key factors indicated community readiness for sustainability development. The selected 12 communities locate in every region of Thailand, 2 communities were selected from each region (North, South, East, West, North East and Central). The data collected from interviews are used to develop questions for questionnaire survey. The survey was conducted from 300 agricultural and tourism communities that exhibited in agricultural fairs organized by the Department of Agriculture Extension, the Community Development Department, Tourism Authority of Thailand and the Royal Initiative Discovery Institute communities’ networks that locate in every region of Thailand. There were 602 respondents from 251 communities that had answered all questions and appropriate quality to be used for statistical analysis. Data Collection Qualitative data collection, the research combines varied sources of data gathering techniques including literature review, in-depth interviews and observation. Literature review from secondary data was conducted to identify the community readiness for sustainability development. The 10 preliminary dimensions were identified, they are 1. Natural resources (Borisova, Bi, Larkin and Longanecker, 2016; Choudhury, Haque and Habib, 2018) 2. Stakeholders’ participation (Benites-Lazaro and Mello-Théry, 2019; Teder and Kaimre, 2018) 3.Community member support (Kustriyanti, Astuti Endang and Kusumawati, 2017; Umberto, Federica and Sandra, 2017) 4. Human resources (Westgard, Naraine and Paucar Villacorta, 2018) 5. Required knowledge (Huichin and Shenglin Elijah, 2018; Kostadinov, Daniel, Stanley and Cargo, 2015) 6. Government support (Han, Liu, Xia and Gao, 2018; Liang et al., 2017), 7.Risk management (Edwin and Thomas, 2012; Nicholas, Rachel and Endres, 2013) 8. Knowing technology (Schoen et al., 2017; Vasquez, Sherwood, Larson and Story, 2017) 9. Learning culture (John, 2016; Sims, 2015) and 10. Morality & ethics (Dimitriou, 2017; Merle, 2018) The semi structured interview question for in-depth interview with 12 community’s leaders were developed from 10 community readiness dimensions. The purposive sampling technique was used for in-depth interview in order to identify more community readiness dimensions. The 12 communities, 2 communities from each region of Thailand were selected to study their opinion about community readiness toward sustainable development (Table 1).

Table 1 Key Outstanding Communities for the In-depth Interview No. Regions Provinces Communities Products 1 Central Samut Baan Klong Wua Sweet banana crisps, Coconut products Sakhon 2 Central Nakorn Baan Hua Ao Organic vegetables Pathom 3 North Udon Thani Baan Thon Na Mulberry silk, herbal products East Lab 4 North Kalasin Baan Nabon Woven Prae Wa Silk East 5 West Kanchanaburi Baan Nong Hand Processed herbal drink 6 West Phetchaburi Baan Lat Dried banana, Banana products 7 East Rayong Baan Talay Noi Products from the sea, shrimp paste 8 East Chanthaburi Baan Nam Sai Organic vegetables and handicraft 9 South Surat Thani Baan Huay Sai Mushroom cultivation and chili paste 10 South Phatthalung Baan Nai Koy Papaya, Sala 11 North Chiang Rai Baan Portanaram Organic vegetables and basketry

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [70]

Table 1 (Con.) No. Regions Provinces Communities Products 12 North Phayao Ban Bua Organic rice, handicraft, Carbon charcoal

The findings from interviewing community leaders were not only confirmed 10 readiness dimensions from literature review, but also added 7 more imperative community readiness that lead to sustainable community development. The 7 community readiness from interviews are Fund & working capital, Sales and marketing management, Plan & implementation, General management, Product & service development, Communication, and Sense of ownership. The data collected from literature review, in-depth interviews and observations was analyzed by content analysis, which consequently renamed and synthesized to 16 community readiness dimensions. The 16 dimensions was validated by 7 experts who responsible for establishment and implementation of community agriculture and tourism development policy from government, universities, private and non-government organizations. The Index Objective Congruence (IOC) statistical technique is applied for validation before launching the questionnaire, which showed that all 16 dimensions are valid and reliable for assessing the community readiness. Quantitative data collection, to prioritize the 16 community readiness dimensions into important levels, 1 for not important, 2 for less important, 3 for moderate important and 4 for high important. The pretest questionnaire survey was conducted for reliability testing, with a good Cronbach alpha value at .89. One thousand and one hundred questionnaire were distributed to 300 communities. The 602 respondents from 251 communities were collected, which a good Cronbach alpha value at .98. The respondents are community leaders, division managers and members from community in every region of Thailand. The statistical technique was used to analysis and identify important levels by each region, which relate to opinion of people who live in different location toward community readiness dimension. Data Analysis The qualitative data is analyzed and synthesized by content analysis and content interpretation. The quantitative data was analyzed by SPSS statistical computerized program to analyses reliability, descriptive analysis and one-way ANOVA in order to identify the important level of each community readiness dimensions and compare with every region in Thailand.

Results The research’s result from literature review, in-depth interviews and professional experts’ evaluation have shown the 16 community readiness dimensions, which lead to sustainability development. The data obtained from 602 respondents of 251 communities has shown the demographical data of age, career, community status, and regions. Most of the respondent 34.7% is between 41-50 years old follow by 33.7% in 51-60 years old, among them 71.9% is agriculturists and 17.9% is small business owners in community, among them 59.1% is community members, 26.2% is division managers, 19.3% is community leaders. Regional wise, 32.9% of respondents is from Central, 18.4% is from North Eastern, 15.3% is from Southern, 13.6% is from Northern, 11.1% is from Western, and 8.6% is from Eastern of Thailand.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [71]

The Findings of Community Readiness Dimension Classified by Important Level The 602 respondents have prioritized the 16 community readiness into 4 important. Statistical technique to analyze the findings using Mean, Standard deviation and define important level of each dimension are shown in table 2.

Table 2 Important Level of 16 Community Readiness Dimensions No. Community Readiness Dimensions Mean Std. Deviation Important level 1 Community leaders 3.79 0.39 High 2 Sense of ownership 3.69 0.38 High 3 Natural resources and environment 3.68 0.40 High 4 Morality & Ethics 3.66 0.41 High 5 Planning and Implementation 3.59 0.46 High 6 Culture and Tradition 3.57 0.52 High 7 Sales and Marketing 3.55 0.50 High 8 General management 3.53 0.40 High 9 Product & service development 3.50 0.41 Moderate 10 Support from community members 3.47 0.41 Moderate 11 Communication 3.47 0.49 Moderate 12 Support from relevant agencies 3.44 0.45 Moderate 13 Risk management 3.41 0.50 Moderate 14 Fund and working capital 3.39 0.52 Moderate 15 Knowledge and knowledge management 3.39 0.36 Moderate 16 Application of technology 3.32 0.52 Moderate Total 3.53 High

The findings in Table 2 shown the overall 16 community readiness dimensions, High important (Mean 3.51 - 4.00), Moderate important (Mean 2.51 - 3.50), Less important (Mean 1.51 - 2.50), Not important (Mean 1.00 - 1.50). Community leaders dimension was rated at high level (Mean = 3.79), followed by Sense of ownership dimension (Mean = 3.69) and Natural resources and environment dimension (Mean = 3.68) respectively. However, the application of technology dimension was rated the lowest (Mean = 3.32) The Findings of Community Readiness Dimension Classify by Region One-way ANOVA was used to analyze the difference of average mean of important level classified by readiness dimension and average mean classified by regions as shown in table 3. From table 3, the ANOVA score sig. = 0.00 (sig. < 0.05) can indicate that people in different community location have different opinion towards community readiness dimensions. The findings in all six regions show that there are significant differences in villagers’ opinion among community readiness dimension and community location in each region of Thailand. The Northern region, Natural resources and environment dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.82), followed by Community leaders dimension (Mean = 3.80) and Sense of ownership dimension (Mean = 3.77), however, the application of technology dimension was the lowest rated (Mean = 3.02) For the Southern, Community leaders dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.71) followed by Morality & ethics dimension (Mean = 3.60) and Sense of ownership dimension (Mean = 3.59). While, Application of technology dimension was rated the lowest (Mean = 3.21) In the Eastern, Sense of ownership dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.81) followed by Morality & ethics dimension (Mean = 3.74) and Sale and marketing dimension (Mean = 3.64), however, fund and working capital dimension was the lowest rated (Mean = 3.22)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [72]

For the Western, Morality & ethics dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.88) followed by Community leaders dimension (Mean = 3.84) and Natural resources and environment dimension (Mean = 3.81), however, Fund and working capital dimension was the lowest rated (Mean = 3.05) In the Central area, Community leaders dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.76) followed by Natural resources and environment (Mean = 3.64) and Sense of ownership dimension (Mean = 3.60), however, Risk management dimension was the lowest rated (Mean = 3.34) The Northeast, Community leaders dimension was rated the highest (Mean = 3.94) followed by Planning and implementation (Mean = 3.81) and Sense of ownership dimension (Mean = 3.77), however, Application of technology dimension was the lowest rated (Mean = 3.34)

Table 3 ANOVA Crosstab Table of Mean of Readiness Dimensions Important Level and Regions Community readiness Average mean classified by regions ANO dimension North South East West Centr North VA al Eastern n = n = n = n = n = n = 82 92 52 67 198 111 1 Community leaders 3.80 3.71 3.61 3.84 3.76 3.94 3.79 0.00 2 Sense of ownership 3.77 3.59 3.81 3.75 3.60 3.77 3.69 0.00 3 Natural resources and 3.82 3.57 3.51 3.81 3.64 3.74 3.68 0.00 environment 4 Morality & Ethics 3.67 3.60 3.74 3.88 3.59 3.66 3.66 0.00 5 Planning and 3.59 3.47 3.55 3.67 3.50 3.81 3.59 0.00 Implementation 6 Culture and Tradition 3.69 3.32 3.63 3.78 3.56 3.56 3.57 0.00 7 Sales and Marketing 3.50 3.41 3.64 3.56 3.51 3.72 3.55 0.00 8 General management 3.63 3.41 3.46 3.58 3.47 3.67 3.53 0.00 9 Product & service 3.53 3.33 3.58 3.69 3.45 3.58 3.50 0.00 development 10 Support from community 3.53 3.26 3.32 3.46 3.48 3.66 3.47 0.00 members 11 Communication 3.30 3.44 3.42 3.62 3.41 3.64 3.47 0.00 12 Support from relevant 3.51 3.34 3.34 3.39 3.43 3.59 3.44 0.00 agencies 13 Risk management 3.50 3.25 3.62 3.30 3.34 3.56 3.41 0.00 14 Fund and working capital 3.44 3.39 3.22 3.05 3.43 3.60 3.39 0.00 15 Knowledge and 3.31 3.43 3.34 3.21 3.39 3.55 3.39 0.00 knowledge management 16 Application of 3.02 3.21 3.64 3.17 3.44 3.34 3.32 0.00 technology Total average mean 3.54 3.42 3.53 3.55 3.50 3.65 3.53 0.00 classified by regions

Discussion The 16 community readiness dimensions from literature review and empirical study revealed both fundamental and distinctive readiness for agriculture and tourism community toward sustainability. They can be a diagnostic tool for community assessment particularly for agriculture and tourism communities.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [73]

The important level of the 16 community readiness dimension is prioritized by 602 respondents from 251 communities in 6 regions of Thailand. None of them are in not important level and less important level. There are 8 dimensions in high level and another 8 dimensions are in moderate level. The total average of important level is high (Mean = 3.53). This is due to most of the community leaders and members consider that these dimensions are essential and necessary for sustainable community development. The community leader dimension is rated the highest average mean of 3.79. This is because villagers normally comply with community leaders and community leaders play the crucial role for success or failure of community development for a long time. The sense of ownership dimension is the second highest average mean of 3.69, this dimension is challenging because there are less communities considering the true needs (inside community), most of them only follow what the government wants. Villagers, in the past, were thought to follow what the government officers said and contribute less idea to community. It is interesting that natural resources and environment (Mean = 3.68) and morality & ethics (Mean = 3.66) are the third and fourth rank, which higher than fund and working capital (Mean = 3.39) and knowledge and knowledge management (Mean = 3.39) that are in moderate level ranking in fourteenth and fifteenth. This is because villagers have learnt from the past that money could not provide natural resource and supportive environment, without natural resource and supportive environment community would unsuccessful. Furthermore, capital availability is not as important as social readiness. The concept of Sufficiency Economy Philosophy shows that money is less important than social capital which will lead to sustainability. If community has much capital but villagers have less social capital like morality and ethics, community would finally not sustainable. The application of technology is lowest rank in moderate level (Mean = 3.32) because of the misunderstanding of the villagers. They think that technology is only about science and engineering and difficult to understand. However, the Sufficiency Economy Philosophy urged them to explore and experience that technology can be adapted for local development as local technology for agriculture and tourism. The findings of community readiness dimension classify by region shows that there are significant differences in villagers’ opinion among community readiness dimension and community location in each region of Thailand (ANOVA score sig. = 0.00 (sig. < 0.05). The Northern part of Thailand has high mountains and variety of national parks, this region is a major source of water for the country. The community relies on the abundance of natural resources as a major source of living. Most of the communities plant mono-agriculture, the transportation is rather difficult that result in low income. As a consequence, the community attaches great importance to the availability of natural resources and environment (Mean = 3.82) such as rain and soil fertility. However, the community leaders dimension (Mean = 3.80) and sense of ownership (Mean = 3.77) is also rated high important. The application of technology (Mean = 3.02) is rated the lowest because villagers have difficulty with technology application. Southern part of Thailand locates in between the Gulf of Thailand and the Andaman Sea. It has abundance of natural resources. Most of the communities are rubber and oil palm plantations, which have price sensitive due to market sensitivity. The communities have to rely on community leaders (Mean = 3.71) who are knowledgeable about marketing and able to connect community to public sectors and the markets. The South community attaches great importance to morality and ethics of their doctrines of religion (Mean = 3.60) as the way of living and embed in Sufficiency Economy Philosophy for sustainable community development. However, the respondents rated importance on the use of technology (Mean = 3.21) at the lowest level because they have difficulty with technology access.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [74]

The Eastern part of the country has a fertile farmland as a source of fruits. Most of the communities have a tropical fruit, such as durian, mangoesteen, mango, and tourist destinations. Villagers have much sense of ownership in community activities as they promote fruit market for tourist. The community focuses on the sense of ownership (Mean = 3.81), following by morality and ethics (Mean = 3.74) sales and marketing and application of technology is equal important (Mean = 3.64). However, the fund and working capital (Mean = 3.22) is rated at lowest level because the villagers give important on social capital such as sense of ownership, morality and ethics than money. The community in the Western region places emphasis high importance on morality and ethics (Mean = 3.88). In addition, virtue leaders need to have knowledge of market linkages and able to manage the usage of natural resources to maximize the benefit of the people in the community. The West community places importance on community leaders (Mean = 3.84), and natural resource and environment (Mean = 3.81) respectively. However, the communities rated the importance of the availability of fund and working capital at the lowest level (Mean = 3.05), as they believes that sustainable communities do not need to rely on external funding. The majority of the respondents in the Central region are rice farmers, who rely on natural resources such as water and soil nutrition. The community leaders are acknowledge by the government to create agricultural groups and local tourism group by encouraging shared ownership among community members. Most of the communities in the central region focus the high important on knowledge leaders (Mean = 3.76) who promote cooperation among community government and related agencies to enhance community performance. The central community also places high importance on natural resource and environment (Mean = 3.64) and sense of ownership (Mean = 3.60) respectively. However, risk management is placed at the lowest level (Mean = 3.34), this is because they think that government project has less risk of failure. Most of the communities in the Northeast region are poorer than communities in other regions of the country. They emphasizes the high importance on community leaders (Mean = 3.94). However, they are learning from generation to generation that a success project need systematic work so they focus on good plan and implementation (Mean = 3.81), which have objectives, clear direction, plan and action plan. The community is confident that the sense of ownership (Mean = 3.77) is a way to develop a sustainable community as the sense of ownership create attention of participation to all community activities. However, the community rates importance on application of technology at the lowest level (Mean = 3.34) because they think that technology is expensive investment, it is not a tool for development furthermore they mostly believe in social wisdom. For local community tourism, the research “Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Tourist Decision Making Process: A Case of Foreign Tourists in Thailand” (2017) by Akhilesh Trivedi indicated the most favorite tourist destinations are natural destinations such as beaches, waterfalls, lakes, islands, hot springs, mountains, caves and floral gardens. These types of destinations are all in local communities. Therefore, it can imply that local community tourism effect to the economy of Thailand, which generate huge revenue to Thai economy. However, in today’s business environment, tour operators are driven by market pressures, which directly use local resource and environment for commercial purpose. According to the National Tourism Development Plan (2012-2016), which suggests that “Thailand is full of quality tourist attractions with global tourism competitiveness and has an ability to generate and distribute income based on fairness, balance, and sustainability.” However, in current situation, Thitinan Chankoson (2018) indicated that Thailand tourism service growth very rapidly without taking account of good sustainable management and natural resource responsibility. The irresponsibility of extravagantly consumed can directly

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [75] affect to the natural resources and environment in local communities, which will be rapidly and resulting in environmental deterioration, poor community resource, continuing ecological destruction, and more conflicts regarding the exploitation of natural resources. Moreover, the tourism that only focuses on demand side and ignore supply side has effect on tourism attractions in terms of local environment and traditional lifestyles. Hence, the quality and sustainable promotion are needed to develop the demand side and supply side in order to create a good balance, which is an effective approach to enhancing the quality and sustainability of tourism in Thailand.

Conclusion The 16 community readiness dimensions finding from literature review and empirical study are Natural resources and environment, Community leaders, Knowledge and knowledge management, Support from community members, Support from relevant agencies, Fund and working capital, Planning and Implementation, General Management, Risk management, Product & service development, Sales and Marketing, Communication, Application of technology, Culture and Tradition, Morality & Ethics and Sense of ownership. The important level of readiness dimensions are prioritized by 602 respondents in 251 communities. The empirical data indicates that none of them are rated in not important level and less important level. There are only eight dimensions in high level namely Community leaders, Sense of ownership, Natural resources and environment, Morality & Ethics, Planning and Implementation, Culture and Tradition, Sales and Marketing and General management and another eight dimensions in moderate level namely Product & service development, Support from community members, Communication, Support from relevant agencies, Risk management, Fund and working capital, Knowledge and knowledge management and Application of technology. The important level of readiness dimensions by regions is analysis by One-way ANOVA, statistical technique. The result indicates the ANOVA score sig. = 0.00, which mean villagers live in different regions have different opinion towards important level of community readiness dimensions.

Recommendation The results show that the 16 community readiness dimensions are at high and moderate important level. Community leader dimension is paramount to community development for sustainability. Community leaders are the starting point for community development. Community development should be systematically operated by community leaders and members with supportive from government and relevant agencies both inside and outside of the community. Building a good relationship between those people will create networks that accelerate the benefits of participating in activities for engagement creation and coexistence (Kalyanamitra, 2018). The community strategic management approach such as human resource management, accounting & financial management, knowledge management, networking management, innovation & technology management, stakeholder participation management, and marketing mix management are essential management skills to sustainable community development (Seisawatwanit, 2013). The ability of selecting an appropriate technology to be used as development tools that compatible with local wisdom is important as well as strategic management mentioned above. Financial plan, staff plan, and implementation plan with a time schedule is also needed for project development within community. Moreover tracking actions and evaluating step by step is essential to prevent potential failures and avoid undesired risks. However, if there are plans without the genuine participation, sense of ownership, trust of leaders and technological capability of community

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [76] members, community development will not achieve its goal of sustainability (Khatun et al., 2016). The application of managerial accounting data has also direct influence on financial ratios of communities. In addition, financial ratios in terms of liquidity, assets management, debt management, and profitability have direct influence for agriculture sustainable community development. Managerial accounting data can helps community create knowledge as an important resource to enable competitive advantages and leads to community sustainability. The analysis of accounting data is crucial because community leaders can use to evaluate community operational performance as it reveals strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, past operational obstacles within an accounting period, and profitability when comparing with sales volume and capital. Moreover, it indicates financial risk of debt and equity financing of the each community business activities. In addition, knowledge-based view (KBV) which considers organizational knowledge is an important resource for community development. It should be used to develop community readiness performance and help community establishes competitive advantages and leads to expected outcomes. The knowledge presentation is also needed to encourage communication among community leaders and members to acknowledge strengths, weaknesses, opportunity and threat in order to co-regulate administrative and operational policy for sustainable community development (Ditkaew, 2018). In order to strengthen the community toward sustainability, community leaders should promote the willingness of participation among community member by considering determinants of social norms, trust, environmental concern and community identity (Kalkbrenner and Roosen, 2016). The participation activity should be started before the development project, and should be implemented in parallel throughout the community development period by the mutual decision-making process, in order to find common problems, needs and wants and understanding among community members and stakeholders to set up goals, solutions and operational procedures and responsibilities of leaders and community members. Good knowledge, perseverance and patience, mindfulness and intelligence, and harmony of local wisdom combined with academic principles, careful planning and practice enhances appropriate processes for the development of social capital for sustainable development through moderation and the building of immunity to sustainable development in accordance with the philosophy of sufficiency economy. Community sustainable development should focus on strengthening the people's capital of different areas, economic capital, natural resources and environment which are combined and inter-related for the benefits of development leading to strong community development and emphasizing on community support and the power of the community in developing countries (Kalyanamitra, 2018). In addition, learning, teaching and sharing of knowledge among community members should be embedded in participation building process (González-Patiño, 2018), six keys principle of systematic engagement in six areas; systems thinking, collaborative inquiry, support for ongoing learning, emergent design, multiple strands of inquiry and action and trans- disciplinarily should be considered for community development (McNall, Barnes-Najor, Brown, Doberneck and Fitzgerald, 2015), a network of cooperation and coalitions (Anderson‐Carpenter, Watson‐Thompson, Jones and Chaney, 2017) from outside agencies should be developed for further community development so that community development process will becomes a normal practice of work within community and lead to community sustainability. For local community tourism, it can be seen that the local community tourism sector has an effect on the economy, society, and environment. As discussed that it is needed to balance the quality and quantity of tourism in demand and supply sides, the long-term tourism framework of the National Economic and Social Development Plan Volume 12 (2017-2021) should

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [77] bring to practice in order to enhance the community readiness. The framework initiates 7 greens concept of sustainable tourism management; green heart, green logistics, green attraction, green community, green activity, green service, and green plus, which Thai tourism agencies should realized and actively cooperated in the restoration of natural tourist attractions. The ecological tourism campaigns such as beach cleaning, afforestation as well as organizing various training programs to build environmental awareness among community, tourists and entrepreneurs, which encourages all parties involved in tourism business activities to understand and deal with tourism product and service management in a sustainable and environmentally-friendly way. It is the key to preserving the environment and reducing negative behaviors causing adverse effects on natural resources and the local community environment (Chankoson, 2018). From the abovementioned, in order to develop community sustainability, communities and related agencies should consider the 16 communities readiness dimensions and supportive recommendations prior to conducting community development projects especially for administrators who establishing a government policy must be more careful in issuing populism policy because besides the poverty aspect, the inequality and unfairness aspects should be also considered as it is becoming more and more severe in todays. Besides the policy makers, community members need to realize the necessity of proofs whether the government policies are true support with good faith and beneficial to community as a whole (Jermsittiparsert, Sriyakul and Pamornmast, 2012). According to Sufficiency Economy Philosophy (SEP), community development towards sustainability is to encourage potential promote of those 16 community readiness to the communities in every part of Thailand, so that they can conduct self-assessment and can be self-reliant to lead the sustainability in the future. The future research is recommended to develop the criteria for each readiness dimension and strategies implementation for enhancing community sustainability.

References Anderson‐Carpenter, K., Watson‐Thompson, J., Jones, M., and Chaney, L. 2017. "Improving community readiness for change through coalition capacity building: Evidence from a multisite intervention." Journal of Community Psychology 45 (4): 486-499. Benites-Lazaro, L. and Mello-Théry, N. 2019. "Empowering communities? Local stakeholders’ participation in the Clean Development Mechanism in Latin America." World Development 114: 254-266. Borisova, T., Bi, X., Larkin, S. and Longanecker, J. 2016. "Assessing Nature-Based Recreation to Support Economic Development and Environmental Sustainability Extension Programs." Journal of Extension 54 (5): 1-13. Chankoson, T. 2018. "Multilevel Confirmatory Factor Analysis of Green Tourism Management in Thailand for ASEAN Economic Community." Asian Administration & Management Review 1 (2): 88-99. Choudhury, M.-U.-I., Haque, C., and Habib, S. 2018. "Participatory exclusion of women in natural resource management: silent voices from wetland communities in Bangladesh." Community Development Journal 53 (1): 42-60. Clarke, S. 2017. "Community Organization and Development: From Its History Towards a Model for the Future." Community Development Journal 53 (4): 792-794. Dimitriou, C. 2017. "The quest for a practical approach to morality and the tourism industry." Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management 31: 45-51. Ditkaew, K. 2018. "Application of Managerial Accounting Information to Land Reform Management for Sustainable Agriculture." PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (2): 174-188.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [78]

Edwin, M. and Thomas, S. 2012. "Agricultural-risk management through community-based wildlife conservation in Zimbabwe." Journal of Agribusiness in Developing and Emerging Economies 2 (1): 41-56. González-Patiño, J. 2018. "Learn, Teach and Share, Participation in Expanded Educational Communities: Madrid Pikler Seminar as a Practice of Continuing Education between Childhood Professionals." Digital Education Review (33): 203-216. Han, X., Liu, X., Xia, T., and Gao, L. 2018. "Home-country government support, interstate relations and the subsidiary performance of emerging market multinational enterprises." Journal of Business Research 93: 160-172. Huichin, H. and Shenglin Elijah, C. 2018. "Localized Innovation of Knowledge Community - Creation of Local Knowledge and Learning Landscape." Environment-Behaviour Proceedings Journal 3 (7): 87-94. Jermsittiparsert, K., Sriyakul, T., and Pamornmast, C. 2012. "The “Populism” Policy and Building/Diminishing Economic “Inequality” and “Unfairness”: Empirical Suggestion on Pork-Barrel in Thailand’s Rice Trading Business." Public Policy and Administration Research 2 (7): 21-31. John, N. 2016. "Cultural Dimensions in Global Human Resource Management: Implication for Nigeria." Independent Journal of Management & Production 7 (3): 807-832. Kalkbrenner, B. and Roosen, J. 2016. "Original research article: Citizens’ willingness to participate in local renewable energy projects: The role of community and trust in Germany." Energy Research & Social Science 13: 60-70. Kalyanamitra, P. 2018. "The Development of Social Capital in Pathum Thani Province towards Sustainable Development Based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy." PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (1): 314-320. Khatun, F., Heywood, A., Ray, P., Bhuiya, A., and Liaw, S.-T. 2016. "Community readiness for adopting mHealth in rural Bangladesh: A qualitative exploration." International Journal of Medical Informatics 93: 49-56. Kostadinov, I., Daniel, M., Stanley, L., and Cargo, M. 2015. "Assessing community readiness online: a concurrent validation study." BMC Public Health 15 (1): 1-6. Kulvadee, K. 2017. "Philosophy of sufficiency economy for community-based adaptation to climate change: Lessons learned from Thai case studies." Kasetsart Journal of Social Sciences 38 (1): 56-61. Kustriyanti, S., Astuti Endang, S. and Kusumawati, A. 2017. "Analysis on Continuous Participation Behavior of Virtual Community Member Based on the Usability and Sociability Perspective." Russian Journal of Agricultural & Socio-Economic Sciences 67 (7): 153-159. Liang, Y., Jiang, C., Ma, L., Liu, L., Chen, W., and Liu, L. 2017. "Government support, social capital and adaptation to urban flooding by residents in the Pearl River Delta area, China." Habitat International 59: 21-31. McNall, M., Barnes-Najor, J., Brown, R., Doberneck, D., and Fitzgerald, H. 2015. "Systemic Engagement: Universities as Partners in Systemic Approaches to Community Change." Journal of Higher Education Outreach & Engagement 19 (1): 1-25. Merle, F. 2018. "The Community of Morality Plays." Comparative Drama 9 (4): 332-349. Nicholas, R., Rachel, A., and Endres, A. 2013. "Community Supported Agriculture: An Exploration of Legal Issues and Risk-Management Strategies." Natural Resources & Environment 28 (2): 26-29. Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board. 2015. Sufficiency economy: implications and applications. Bangkok: Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [79]

Schoen, J., Mallett, J., Grossman-Kahn, R., Brentani, A., Kaselitz, E., and Heisler, M. 2017. "Perspectives and experiences of community health workers in Brazilian primary care centers using m-health tools in home visits with community members." Human Resources for Health 15: 1-10. Seisawatwanit, P. 2013. "An Approach to Efficient Management Models for Agritourism Businesses in Eastern Region of Thailand." PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 2 (1): 114-129. Sims, K. 2015. "Culture, community-oriented learning and the post-2015 development agenda: a view from Laos." Third World Quarterly 36 (10): 1922-1943. Teder, M. and Kaimre, P. 2018. "The participation of stakeholders in the policy processes and their satisfaction with results: A case of Estonian forestry policy." Forest Policy and Economics 89: 54-62. Trivedi, A. 2017. "Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Tourist Decision Making Process: A Case of Foreign Tourists in Thailand." PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 6 (2): 111-119. Umberto, M., Federica, B., and Sandra, N. 2017. "Community Participation, Natural Resource Management and the Creation of Innovative Tourism Products: Evidence from Italian Networks of Reserves in the Alps." Sustainability 9 (12): 1-16. Vasquez, A., Sherwood, N., Larson, N., and Story, M. 2017. "Research: Community- Supported Agriculture as a Dietary and Health Improvement Strategy: A Narrative Review." Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics 117 (1): 83-94. Westgard, C., Naraine, R., and Paucar Villacorta, D. 2018. "Performance Evaluation of Community Health Workers: Case Study in the Amazon of Peru." Journal of Community Health 43 (5): 908-919.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [80]

The Gastronomic Creative Tourism Management Guidelines: Dating Back to the Past, Gastronomy along the Laos Vientiane Migration Route in Northeast Thailand

Apisak Koograsang Faculty of Sports Science, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Sombat Karnjanakit Faculty of Sports Science, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Suchitra Sukonthasab Faculty of Sports Science, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 11 March 2019 Revised: 27 April 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract The aim of the research was to study creative tourism with the Lao way of eating, immigrated in the Chao Phra-Wo and Chao Phra-Ta period and to present the gastronomic creative tourism management guidelines in Namsai community, Roi-Et, Thailand. This research was used the qualitative research methods, interviews and focus group discussions. Research tools are interviews and tools for community participation, especially data analysis using content analysis method. The study indicated that (1) the history of Ban Nam Sai community is the Lao Vientiane migrant from the political and administrative conflict within Vientiane city, around 1771. (2) The potential of tourism consists of attractions, activities, amenities and accessibility. (3) The gastronomy tourism including daily food, Seasonal food, Twelve conventions “Heet-Sib-Song” traditional and belief in gastronomy. (4) Mostly, Local foods are fish “Pla-Khao" can be cooked as food, such as spicy fish salad “Larb”, slices of fish salad “Phla", Spicy soup “Tom”, steaming, steamed fish curry “Mok", scald slices fish “Luok” and curry “Aum” and (5) the gastronomic creative tourism management guidelines. Keywords: Gastronomic, Gastronomy, Creative Tourism, Guidelines

Introduction Creative tourism is a way to develop the service sector to create value-added by creativity and innovation, which is essential for managing tourism to achieve balance and sustainability taking into account the balance of the environment and the ability to support tourist attractions are developed to raise standards for products and services. Development of infrastructure to ensure quality and adequacy as well as integrating tourism to connect with the way of life, culture, natural resources including other manufacturing and service fields (Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board: NESDB, 2011). Especially creative tourism in the gastronomy of Thai people with ancient immigration history. Ban Nam Sai community, whose ancestors have said: "We are Vientiane people and have migrated to escape the war since the grandfather of the great grandfather of the settlers who

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [81] settled here in the total of 10 families, by Khun Sri’s leading. According to the research, it was found that the Ban Nam Sai community should be a group of Lao people from Vientiane who had migrated due to the conflict between the two rulers who had power over Vientiane between King Siribunsarn with Chao Phra Wo and Chao Phra Ta, causing the Phra Wo and Phra Ta Phra to flee from Vientiane, along with soldiers and people, and set up the city of "Nakhon Khuan Khan Kab Kaew Bua Ban" or "Nong Bua Lum Phu" which is the location of the current "Nong Bua Lam Phu" province and in the end, the "Nakhon Khuan Khan kab Kaew Bua Ban" has collapsed. Culture and consumption of the Lao Vientiane community that has been migrated and has been fascinating then developed into a creative tourism management approach for the development of local communities in order to create an economic community, including solving poverty and other social problems, in addition, it is also a revival of the arts and culture of the Lao Vientiane migrant for further study of anthropology. According to Berrin (2016: 394-404) point out that gastronomy tourism is an alternative travel option for rural areas for ease of use and exciting nature. If this region has a wide variety of food types, society can be used as a tool to attract tourists, which may have an impact on the economy. Besides, food can also be used as support activities as well as their own activities because food and drinks are one of the leading causes of travel, Ayutthaya strives to combine food, souvenirs and local culture with the overall travel experience which should be genuine and reflect local flavours. The area of the province has the competitive potential of culinary tourism in a particular market. Ayutthaya has strong points related to the diversity of multicultural, international food products. TAT has supported and supported the emergence of culinary tourism in Phra Nakhon Si Ayutthaya as the emergence of cultural resources (Pullphothong and Sopha, 2013: 5-6) That the new social movement is a postmodern era as long as they have the effect and effect of late capitalism but a repetitive truth that does not have a function to evaluate something, sometimes with a general nostalgia of certain types of high politics is likely to be just "nostalgia" for the political persuasion court, at a time when there is a severe political determination and subsequent periods of disfigurement and extermination that have formed in the great economic rhythm of prosperity feels that "nostalgia" is about the sufficiency of the body's hunger before dinner "nostalgia for food" (Fredric, 1991: 212-220). Creative travel management guidelines for gastronomy Is conducted under the concept of creative tourism (Richards, 2000), and the development of Thai folk wisdom information (Charusirirangsi, 2012), which tourists will participate in the workshop program for common ground cooking With the community and visiting the history and culture of Ban Nam Sai community and nearby tourist attractions resulting in tourists having to exchange learning from action create a valuable experience for tourists through people in the community who are the host. Chatzinakos (2016) is studied about how Thessaloniki promotes culinary tourism while supporting and building local networks participation in the city experience with people and visitors.

Objectives (1) To study the context of the culture and consumption of the Lao Vientiane migrant community in the case of Ban Nam Sai, Nam Sai Subdistrict, Chaturaphak Phiman District, Roi-Et Province, Thailand. (2) To present the gastronomic creative tourism management guidelines.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [82]

Literature Review Tourism is closely linked to local food production as well as local people. If their needs can be found from local resources, it can provide vital support to the local economy, and if not, tourism can increase the demand for imported food, hurt local agriculture, increase imports and reduce the economic benefits of tourism. A strong link between tourism and domestic food production can create tremendous added value, but bad relationships can be severe (Richards, 2002: 15). To developing a dining experience for tourists in an increasingly competitive tourism market, it is crucial not only but will hold products according to the culture and customs of the destination only, but also as a link to the culture of tourists, which means not only their own local or national religion but also the tourism culture that arises from the flow of tourism. Future gastronomy tourism developers will have to spend time building bridges between the current gap, which provides the global market for cooking and spaces of places that are produced and maintained (Richards, 2002: 16-17). The development of cooking methods has led to increased variety and quantity of food and beverage production. Growth and diversity of food and beverage production is a commercial value for food science (Pedersen, 2012: 75-76). The gastronomy tourism is based on Mitchell and Hall (2003: 60-80) that involves travelling out of the typical habitat, which has inspired in whole or in part to interest in food and beverage or eating and drink. According to Hall, Sharples, Mitchell, Macionis, and Cambourne (2003: 1-24), food tourism is a journey to the region of culinary, leisure or entertainment, including visits to primary and secondary food producers such as food festivals fairs, farm product market display, cooking and demonstration of tasting quality food products or any tourism activities related to food. The experience of food tourism, it can be defined as a tourist assessment about many features, for instance, food attractiveness, environment and quality of service after staying in tourist attractions that tourists participate in activities related to cooking. The perceived value of the destination's tourists or establishments has many dimensions (UNESCO, 2017). Gastronomy tourism is currently one of the best ways to promote and connect with tourist sites because tourists will learn about food in tourist attractions as Boonpienpon (2017: 140- 141) studied presenting that the principles for food tourism management consist of elements of the study of tourists' needs, which are necessary to make the entrepreneurs and related sectors understand and develop gastronomic tourism, according to the goals set. In addition, well-managed food tourism should include the 11 essential elements of sustainability as follows the “GASTRONOMIC” concept: G = Good Taste, A = Authenticity, S = Sustainability, T = Tourists, R = Reach, O = Organic, N = Need, O = Opportunity, M = Marketing, I = Internet, and C = Clean Food Good Taste. Based on Richards (2010: 9-12) concept there are two main components, the background to creativity including searching for agricultural tourism-oriented resources through viewing and purchasing community products. Creative activities are activities that are set up to allow tourists to gain knowledge, skills, and experiences from tourism by creative activities consisting of events that are caused by learning and activities that are caused by testing or experimenting with creating value-added towards the raw material. In addition, creativity is recognised as an effective development strategy to meet the needs of a unique and authentic experience that is involved in the operation of frequently defective concepts, which makes creative tourism an extension of cultural tourism (Thomsen, 2008: 39-51). According to Kununya, Amorn, and Shayut (2018: 112-114), the HISTOQUAL model has been adapted to suit the measurement of service quality management in the influence of museums applied to the World Heritage City Museum in the historical park for creative tourism and can be linked to food tourism which is surrounding the historical park. Therefore, recognised that there must be a change in tourism development, moving away from the sight of essential places and emphasising the value of intangible resources and

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [83] experiences of the visitor's gained. Besides, new forms of consumption occur such as finding true practical experience and the need to participate in the journey of realisation or self- learning. Therefore, a strategy based on creativity, which is part of cultural tourism that leads to the practice of creating creative tourism, which is considered to be an added value of other forms of tourism (Landry, 2010: 33-42). Gastronomy festival, which is an event that calls for greater participation from visitors or even the production of experience itself can act as a coordinator between the original characteristics of each culture and the contemporary needs of the tourism market (Marta, 2014: 112-115).

Research Methodology This study is a qualitative study by collecting data by various methods, including the review of related literature, interviews and group discussions, using research tools as an interview form "People who know about consumption culture of Ban Nam Sai community" and "Participatory community education tools" as the voice recording and summarise the information obtained from the recorded conversations. The pilot study was conducted in three areas to study the community. First, examine general information related to the culture and consumption of Ban Nam Sai from reviewing relevant literature, including documents, academic texts, research reports, various educational reports. Second, to build relationships with communities using participatory community education tools. Third, interview by interviewers " form for interviewing people who know about culture and consumption of Lao communities.” The critical informants for qualitative research: First, building relationships with the community by using participatory learning tools especially (Kaewthep, 2015) consists of 3 tools as follows: Map of food and food sources of the community, making calendars, food and forms Explore the 4A's tourist area, with the main contributors being the people in Ban Nam Sai, Nam Sai Subdistrict, Chaturapak Phiman District, Roi Et Province. The monthly meeting of the appointment by the village leaders. Second place, interviewing 10 peoples in Ban Nam Sai, with interviews. The researcher interviewed 10 key informants, with the criteria for being domiciled in the community. First expert villagers in the community that have knowledge about food, which has a wide range of age, divided into three age ranges, including 60 years old or upward, 3 persons, the age between of 50-59 years old, 3 persons and the age between 40-49 years old, 3 persons.

Results History of Ban Nam Sai community from the review of related literature found that Lao Vientiane migrated to settle in Ban Nam Sai (Nam Sai Subdistrict Administrative Organisation, 2016) from the political conflict in Vientiane, around 1771 (Theerasasawat, 2014: 286). Potential of tourism (Buhalis, 2000: 97-116) from group discussions using study tools as a 4A’s tourism area survey. The results of the interview show that food culture depends on these main factors: food-related to birth, rituals such as weddings, ordination, etc. The potential tourism communities are 4 areas: First, tourist attraction has 2 Buddhist tourist attractions: (1) Wat Pa Ban Nam Sai Temple, which has Ku Luang Pu Phrakhru Luk Kaew monument, (2) Sakorn Phatthanaram Temple which has a Buddhist garden, (3) Jasmine rice 105 the fragrant rice Seed production group which sells this rice seed to the Department of Rice, (4) Lao language usage and (5) There are Luang Pu Kham Muen (Luang Pu Kham Saen), and there is also an attraction for nature tourism, including Good Nam Sai cannel, community forest, dams and reservoir. Second, the tourism activities in the community have 3 activities, namely: (1) Bamboo rocket fire festival, (2) Pagoda worships, and (3) Candle consecrate. These traditional activities are involved with all community members. Third, amenities in tourist areas such as community shops, internet service shops, private grocery

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [84] stores and food and beverage restaurants and fourth, accessibilities to tourist attractions can be reached by private car from the town of Roi Et, using highway number 214, Roi Et- Chaturaphak Phiman, approximately 21.3 kilometres by public transportations such as buses and private car rentals. Gastronomy, from the interview community member 10 person informants found gastronomy including, daily food, for instance, breakfast is usually a chilli paste that is cooked with seasoning with fermented fish, lunch is generally green papaya spicy salad “Tam Bak Hung”, pickled fish, grilled fish and sticky rice and dinner is typically a curry dish, such as fish, and a steamed chicken, fish, chicken curry, fish curry, chilli paste, pickled fish chilli paste and more. The seasonal foods are Summer (February to May) Crickets, crabs, egg ants and other. Raining season (June to October) Fish, mushrooms, crabs, shells, bamboo shoots and more and winter (November to January) Crab, shell, frog and so on. “The gastronomy in the Lao Vientiane community at Nam Sai Village is often based on religion, beliefs, Various rituals including the source of food such as local fish, mushrooms, bamboo shoots, animals or insects that can be found in the forest in the community” (Suttanon, community philosopher) Gastronomic in the belief, for example, Birth, such as prohibiting mother and baby, eating food from fish, white fish, climbing perch (anabas testudineus) due to believing that they may cause death and favourite killing of chickens. Wedding, such as killing buffalo, cooking food for the guests who come to the party to celebrate and ordained work, such as killing buffalo or cows, raising a party that comes in for a party to make merit (merit making). Local food, cooking from fish, such as curry, spicy salad, steamed, and others. Another example of interviewing the sample group in the community about the topic of merit in the Lao Vientiane community, Ban Nam Sai, according to the "Heet Sib Song”, traditions, which one of the villagers said interestingly as below: "Heet is the term conservative, which means good behaviour, customs, conduct and twelve, meaning twelve months. Therefore, "Heet Sib Song", refers to the tradition that Lao Vientiane people in Nam Sai houses or in the Isan region, including in Laos, have adhered to each other. Which every month's merit has all the food involved and each merit has different or similar cooking, for example, in the ninth month merit ceremony or we are calling "Khao Sak" merit ceremony the food that villagers often cook for rituals such as savoury food is often fish, chicken, and pork. Sweet food is usually banana, custard or other fruits that are seasonal or sweet food processed from fruits like glutinous rice steamed in a banana leaf or we are calling “Khao Tom Mad” (Phithoon, The elder of the village) "Heet Sib Song", the twelve-month tradition, or a twelve-month (lunar calendar) tradition is a ritual or tradition in which people practice on separate occasions in each month (Merit month work) is a merit ceremony that is followed by the lunar month. Based on information gathered from 10 key informants, the merit foods in Heet Sib Song includes: 1) grilled egg-covered sticky rice of the Third-month ceremony or Bun Khao Chi. 2) vermicelli with fish soup on Fourth-month ceremony or Bun Phra Wess. 3) fermented bamboo shoot soup with marinated pork of the Sixth month or Boon Bang Fai - Rocket festival, and the tradition of worshipping Luang Pu Kham Muen-an ancestor monk of the village, the merit foods are boiled pork head and boiled chicken. 4) Ninth month, “Bun Khao Pra Dub Din”-the tradition of making merit by offering rice wrapped in a package of fish, dried chili, salt, papaya salad, banana, and various foods in banana leaves, placed under the tree. 5) Tenth-month ceremony “Bun Khao Sak” brings packages of various types of foods. Package 1 is stitched together in pairs in banana leaves containing betel nuts and cigarette. Package 2 contains savoury foods with sticky rice, fish meat, chicken, pork, various fruits and sweets.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [85]

6) The eleventh-month ceremony involves an offering of candles and lotus stem curry. Tourism management guidelines for creative gastronomy includes tourism management through tourism programs. "Reverse the gastronomy of Laos, Vientiane in Ban Nam Sai", with relevant elements in management including Six A’s framework for the analysis of tourism destinations (Buhalis, 2000), 1) Attraction, developing tourist attractions featuring natural, cultural and creative tourism accommodating various groups of tourists. 2) Accessibility, promoting accessible tourism to ensure tourist destinations, products and services are accessible to everyone, regardless of their physical limitations, disabilities or age. 3) Amenities, developing amenities which the community participates in tourist service management, for example, the information centre of the community facilitating homestay network. Homestay tourism allows authentic sociocultural richness to the tourist's experience. Other amenities include catering facilities, retailing and fresh market. 4) Ancillary services, developing ancillary services, for instance, telecommunication, post office, cash machine, first aids, internet connection, and local guides. 5) Activities, creating tourism activities, for example, cooking classes in which tourists and villagers exchange recipes. 6) Available Packages, 3-day-2-night package tours featuring a cultural exchange of creative cooking classes. Tourists will learn how to harvest, prepare, cook and present local foods. These packages may integrate eco-tourism and food festivals with the collaboration of tourism networks. As presented details in figure the gastronomic creative tourism management guidelines that all visitors must travel through food learning exchange activities through community tourism programs such as three days two nights tour program. The creative food tourism process of tourists is learning from people in the community. Starting from finding raw materials for cooking by themselves, how to eat in the way of beliefs or narratives of food or traditions, or about religion and principles of life and cooked food must follow the gastronomic concept. The tourism management must be carried out by local people such as village leader, people with experience and knowledge about things in the community as well as provide accommodation for people in the community such as homestays, cottages or tents. There is a service centre for learning local food, history, culture and traditions, for instance, Rocket fire festival (Boon Bang Fai) and so on. The environmental management in the tourism management community, such as clear space for accommodation and plant species, or including campaigning or prohibiting the use of plastic bags within the community. Also, in term of the promotion of organising a flea market to sell food and other products to sell or exchange raw materials for promoting food tourism at least one time per week such as coordinating activities for selling food products in the community every Friday or even processing various products to encourage more recognition in the consumer market. Create a network of cultural tourism management the consumption must consist of communities, temples, schools and local authorities in order to promote local food in terms of gastronomy tourism through various stakeholders. The creative entrepreneur is an innovative leader that transforms the organisation until it can encourage creative tourism through multiple forms of services such as tour companies, private transportation sectors, government agencies and state enterprises and lastly, cooperation with local government organisations at the local level, such as village chiefs, local administrative organisations, to provide a budget to support knowledge to develop food products in order to respond to the consumer market more.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [86]

Figure 1 The Gastronomic Creative Tourism Management Guidelines

Discussion Creative travel management guidelines for gastronomy Is conducted under the concept of creative tourism (Richard, 2000: 261-283), and the development of Thai folk wisdom information (Charusirirangsi, 2012), which tourists will participate in the workshop program for common ground cooking With the community and visiting the history and culture of Ban Nam Sai community and nearby tourist attractions resulting in tourists having to exchange learning from action create a valuable experience for tourists through people in the community who are the host. Chatzinakos, (2016) is studied about how Thessaloniki promotes culinary tourism while supporting and building local networks. Participation and participation in the city experience with people and visitors. The purpose of this article is to provide an outline that can be used as a strategic planning tool for promoting tourism, cooking in Thessaloniki. For this reason, food festivals are being investigated. This was thought by the organisers to be the foundation of the culinary tourism concept in the city. However, the findings suggest that there is a lack of active participation of local people and insufficient communication in assets related to the city's culinary identity. In general, Thessaloniki seems to be combining the ongoing struggles of emerging destinations that involve complex processes in branding and marketing without the right tools and necessary cooperation between affiliates. Structure network, Therefore, research gives the lens that Thessaloniki's culinary culture can be used as a strategic pillar for stimulating sustainable "consumption" methods while at the same time promoting the identity of the city. Promote the interest of Thessaloniki as a culinary destination. Cooking science is becoming an essential feature in developing a specific tourist destination. Although the literature supports the view that there is a connection between tourism and cooking. But little is known about tourists. For example, is there a food market - tourism? Does the cuisine of the destination indicate the quality of the tourists while visiting the goal? Tourists return to the destination to try cooking again or not. This study was conducted in Hong Kong, which is a city destination with a variety of novelty and educational methods, showing evidence that the motivation for natural gas travel is the right thing. Besides, the results of the data analysis found that gastronomy plays a vital role in the way tourists

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [87] experience destinations and indicates that some tourists will return to the same destination to taste unique food (Kivela and Crotts, 2015).

Suggestion For further research: Should adopt other types of creative tourism to design, integrate with the arts and culture of consumption such as agro-tourism, authorship, fibre arts, and weaving, also should try to organise activities according to the path of tourism research should invite those who have expertise in bringing actions. Also, for the interview or question should use the primary issue in interviewing the main contributor and in doing creative tourism activities, there should be activities for tourists to choose according to their interests.

Acknowledgement I would also like to extend my thanks to National Research Council of Thailand (NRCT) for the funding program granted under New Students’ Potential Development Plan in 2018 and Research Department, Faculty of Sports Science, Chulalongkorn University for funding program allowed under research project in 2017. And scholarship granted under personal development project from Phanakhon Rajabhat University in 2012-2018.

Reference Berrin G. and Muge A. 2016. “Gastronomy Tourism: Motivations and Destinations.” In C. Avcıkurt, M. Dinu, N. Hacıoğlu, R. Efe, A. Soykan, and N. Tetik. (eds.). Global Issues and Trends in Tourism. Sofia: St. Kliment Ohridski University Press, pp. 394-404. Boonpienpon, N. and Busarin, W. 2017. “Creative Tourism with “Food” Using the “GASTRONOMIC” Concept to Attain Sustainable Tourism.” International Humanities, Social Sciences and Arts 10 (5):128-143. Buhalis, D. 2000. “Marketing the Competitive Destination of Future.” Tourism Management 21 (1): 97-116. Charusirirangsi, O. 2012. Development of Thai folk food wisdom. Lampang: Office of Arts and Culture Lampang Rajabhat University. Chatzinakos, G. 2016. “Exploring Potentials for Culinary Tourism through a Food Festival: The Case of Thessaloniki Food Festival.” Transnational Marketing Journal 4 (2): 394. Fredric, J. 1991. Postmodernism, Or the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke University Press. Hall, C., Sharples, L., Mitchell, R., Macionis, N., and Cambourne, B. 2003. “The consumption of experiences or the experience of consumption? An introduction to the tourism of taste.” In Food tourism around the world: Development, management and markets. London: Routledge, pp. 1-24. Kaewthep, K. 2015. Participatory community study tools. Bangkok: Phranakhon Rajabhat University. Kivela, J. and Crotts, J. 2015. “Tourism and gastronomy: Gastronomy’s influence on how tourists experience a destination.” Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research 30 (3): 354-377. Kununya, B., Amorn, T., and Shayut, P. 2018. “Innovation Management Model of World Heritage City Museum on Historical Park for Creative Tourism in the Lower Part of Northern Thailand.” PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7(1): 110-120.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [88]

Landry, C. 2010. “Experiencing imagination: Travel as a creative trigger.” In R. Wurzburger, T. Aageson, A. Pattakos, & S. Pratt (eds.). A global conversation: How to provide unique creative experiences for travellers worldwide. Santa Fe: Sunstone Press, pp. 33-42. Marta, C. 2014. Gastronomic events as creative tourism experience: The national gastronomy festival, Santarém. Retrieved from http://repositorio.ipvc.pt/ bitstream/20.500.11960/1131/1/Marta_Cardoso.pdf. Mitchell, R. and Hall, C. 2003. Consuming Tourists: Food tourism consumer behaviour, Food Tourism around the World. Development, Management and Markets. In M. Hall et. al. (eds.). Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann, pp. 60-80. Nam Sai Subdistrict Administrative Organisation. 2016. History of Nam Sai Subdistrict. Retrieved from http://www.namsai.go.th. Office of the National Economic and Social Development Board; NESDB . 2011. The Eleventh National Economic and Social Development Plan (2012-2016). Retrieved from http://www.nesdb.go.th/ Default.aspx?tabid=39578-90. Pedersen, L. 2012. Creativity in Gastronomy, Thesis, Copenhang Business School. Retrieved from https://studenttheses.cbs.dk/bitstream/handle/10417/3198/louise_ bro_pedersen.pdf: 75-76. Phithoon, K. 2017. The elder of the village. Interview. Pullphothong, L. and Sopha, C. 2013. Gastronomic Tourism in Ayutthaya, Thailand. (A paper presented in ICTTL 2013, Holiday Inn Paris Gare de L’Est, France). Richards, G. 2000. “Production and consumption of cultural tourism in Europe” Annals of Tourism Research 23 (2): 261-283. Richards, G. 2002. “Gastronomy: An essential ingredient in tourism production and consumption?.” In A-M. Hjalager & G. Richards (eds.). Tourism and Gastronomy. London: Routledge, pp. 2-20. Richards, G. 2010. Creative tourism and cultural events. (A paper presented in the 2nd Forum on UNESCO Creative Cities Network, Republic of Korea). Suttanon, P. 2017. Community philosopher. Interview. Theerasasawat, S. 2014. History of Isan 2322-2488 Volume 1. Khon Kaen: LP Printing. Thomsen, B. 2008. “Performative experiments and cultural replanning - Recapturing the spectacle of the city.” Nordic Journal of Architectural Research 20 (1): 39-51. UNESCO. 2017. Why Creativity? Why Cities?. Retrieved from https://en.unesco.org/ creative-cities/content/why-creativity-why-cities.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [89]

The Factors Affecting the Success of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s Environmental Management

Jarunee Mumbansao Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 27 December 2018 Revised: 10 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research paper is part of the study of the factors affecting the success of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s environmental management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province. The proposes of this research were to study the factors affecting the success of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s environmental management and to decrypt the findings of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s environmental management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province. The qualitative research was conducted by analyzing documents, doing an in-depth interview, and observing the project onsite. From the research, the findings show that there are four factors that affected the success of environmental management. First, the leaders must create and encourage the belief for changes. The leaders need to be able to pass on their experiences and become successful examples that can see changes. Moreover, they need to be able to work as a group and communicate with others. Second, problem determination must be done by the people in the community to the utmost. Third, the people utilize social capital within the community and the co-operation of neighboring networks. Lastly, the utility of knowledge will reduce the risks and build trustworthiness for the people joined in the project. Keywords: Leadership, Social Capital, Problem Determination

Introduction Ban San Thang Luang in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province is a mixture of urban and suburb community. Agriculture is a mean of making a living for many people. Some people work in government offices and others work in urban private sectors. The people are descendants of Thai Yong and they still cherish their original cultures as social capital. The geography is consisted of a canal that flows through the community which has long been a part of the place. People use and consume water from the ditch in their daily lives. In the past years, there was no reservation of the ditch in Ban San Thang Luang community. People living near the canal disposed their waste into the canal and intoxicated the water. Such water could not be consumed and utilized in agriculture and the sight became unattractive. It is a social problem that the people agreed to develop and bring back the canal to its originality. Apart from the problems related to the canal, it was also found from the community committees’ survey that houses were not hygienic. It is a personal or family problem that can affect the beautiful sight of the community. Lack of household cleanliness is a problem that affects the entire community even though it is caused by people with different behaviors. That is to speak that people see the canal as a public property and there are offices assigned to take care of the property. Although disposing waste into the water is an unlawful conduct, but

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [90] there was no law enforcement. Therefore, people conduct based on their convenience without a concern that it will cause negative consequences to the community. While the canal is perceived as a public property, houses are personal. It is one’s personal right to decide whether to keep houses cleaned and hygienic. People could neglect the fact that different thoughts and utilities of houses may cause unattractive scenes in the community. The community committee led by Mae Luang Sangwian Paramarom, the head of Ban San Thang Luang community in Moo 8, applied for the fund from Thai Health Promotion Foundation. The fund would be used to create a lively Ban San Thang Luang community, take care of littering in public, dwelling cleanliness, and organic farming.

Research Objectives 1. To study the factors affecting the success of Ban San Thang Luang community’s environmental management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province. 2. To decrypt the finding of Ban San Thang Luang community’s environmental management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province.

Research Methodology The research was conducted in qualitative methodology as follows; a workshop, a meeting of the focus group, an in-depth interview, and an onsite observation. Population and samples The populations in this research were leaders and people living in Ban San Thang Luang community in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province. Thirty-one examples were categorized as follows; 1) a sample group of 15 people in a workshop, 2) a sample group of 10 people in a meeting, 3) a sample group of 6 people in an in-depth interview. Data Collection The researcher collected the data from the documents related to general projects’ supports, innovation, and the funding process of Thai Health Promotion Foundation, along with primary and secondary data. The workshop meeting of focus group was synthesized as information of the following aspects; an acknowledgment of the project’s purposes, co- operation, perspective, and satisfaction towards the project. Data Analysis The data collected from the workshop conferences, a meeting of the focus group, an in-depth interview, and an onsite observation were content-based analyzed. The summary, the analysis, and the synthesis are presented as the findings.

Research Findings The findings of the study on the factors affecting the success of Ban San Thang Luang community’s environmental management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province were as follows;

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [91]

Figure 1 Critical Success Factor of Ban San Thang Luang Community’s Environmental Management in Moo 8, Chanchawa Tai Sub District, Chiang Rai Province

Leaders Conducting activities by forming a group, leaders play an important role in driving the group. Therefore, in the implementation, leaders should have leadership and should conduct activities and manage the group (Prasertsri, 2001) First, leaders should build confidence for change to the villagers to believe that environmental conservation would result in better quality of life for the community and use participatory management ranging from planning, carrying out activity, assessment and mutual benefit (Phakamat, 2015) Second, leaders should be capable to transfer knowledge and experiences as they have confidence in applying knowledge in the implementation gained from training courses and study visits in canal environmental conservation and then passing on their knowledge to the villagers as well as paying attention to constantly take additional training courses and applying the knowledge. Third, the good leadership should engage people in the community to the operational activities and involve them to be part of decision making. (Kalyanamitra et al, 2018) Leaders should be a model for the villagers to assure of this practical implementation. Being a model of leader (Mae Luang Sangwian Paramarom) to conserve the public ditch, can possibly help build confidence for the villagers which will increasingly draw them to participate in the project. Fourth, they should be a visionary leader to foresee success, mutual future, perception, understanding and the aim of environmental conservation activities can be beneficial to health. Fifth, leaders should have communicative skills to pass on accurate and continuous information to villagers, including knowledge gained from training courses, study visits, and any information related to activities. Finally, leaders should focus on the participatory work on the conditions of participation, decision-making, and co-operation with the community through village community meeting regarding the cause of a problem and their needs. The problem found was polluted water and shoal of the public ditch that people use for consumption and agriculture in daily life. Once the problem and needs have been addressed, planning, implementation, activities, follow-up evaluation will be carried out via the village community meeting for knowledge sharing for the benefits of clean water. Problem determination According to the problem determined by the community, it could be concluded that littering into the public ditch has become the community and public health problems, whereas home

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [92] cleanliness, which was a personal problem, had affected the public. The project, therefore, had been determined to issue the problems used as a project implementation regarding environmental problems, which needed to be rectified, appointed by the community’s joint resolution. Human was the sole cause of the problems, however; what led us to different conduct is the basic way of thought (Kwanboonbampen, 2017) that is to say according to some villagers’ perception regarding littering into the public ditch, which was considered as a public property of which a municipality was responsible to maintain cleanliness. Although littering into the canals was unlawful, there had no law enforcement. As a result, littering into the public ditch by people in the community for their convenience sake without concern how this could affect the public causing the decadence of the public ditch of Ban San Thang Luang. Meanwhile, it was considered that people had the right to maintain cleanliness of their own household without concern how it could affect the scenery. When the way of thought of was different, therefore, it could also result in different implementation. Determining mutual problems of the community depends on the key issues that should be as the following issues. First, the issues were consistent and could solve the problems of the community. The problem must be a “social problem” of the community in which the community had agreed to resolved. Second, the source of the problem may be gained from villagers’ opinions or a reliable community data analysis. Third, the issues that were neither too vast nor difficult for the community solved, however, not trivial which lacked motivation to proceed. Fourth, the issues selected were not necessarily a problem that could be inclusively solved in the community, but rather successfully accomplished with the cooperation of the existing community network or in the future. Social capital Implementation of the project to create a livable community and local of San Thang Luang were to solve the problems regarding the decadence of the public ditch, littering in the community, and dwelling cleanliness had been supported by fundraising within the community itself and several community network (Trakunwaranon, 2009) The good leadership should be concerned with constructing networks between inside and outside communities. (Kalyanamitra et al, 2018) First, the cooperation network consisted of an internal network, Chanchawa Subdistrict Administrative Organization (SAO) who supported training instructors on waste management, the Children and Youth Council of the village was in charge of the environmental patrol, cleanliness campaign in public ditch and public areas. External networks namely Chakkaphan Phensiri Seed Center of which H.R.H. Princess Maha Chakri Sirindhorn granted the Chaipattana Foundation, in collaboration with the Mae Fah Luang Foundation, was established by participating in organic vegetable planting project with the Chakkaphan Phensiri Seed Center who provided seed stock and purchase. Although there was not much income, the activity had motivated the villagers. Moreover, the beneficial outcome was an honor of the community members in receiving the visit of H.R.H. Princess Maha Chakri Sirindhorn in Ban San Thang Luang on February 3, 2015. By this, there had been a great reliability and trustworthiness of the leader (Mrs.Sangwian Paramarom). Second, the integration of various women’s groups in the community namely Village Health Volunteers (VHV), vegetable planting groups, etc. These group members had participated in the activities as the mainstay of the project implementation. The factors resulting in villagers’ participation of the project were as follows: First, the project implementation conformed with the key problem, which was the problem of littering into the public ditch causing polluted water and shoal that affect village’s daily lives. Second, the benefits that the villagers received was extra income from selling organic vegetables. Furthermore, organic farming also helped reducing the cost of cultivation as well as better public health by using organic fertilizers. Finally, villagers’ group formation was not only beneficial to career, but also to better social relationship.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [93]

Using knowledge as a tool in the operation Using knowledge as a tool is an essential factor which lead to successful operation, especially network in creating knowledge. (Apakaro, 2004) The operation of building community project and making the local area livable, Baan Santangluang has knowledge networks, which is Prince Chakraband Pensiri Center For Plant Development and Agricultural Office. They have come to educate people in the village about diseases caused by polluted water. In order to create awareness in rehabilitation, keeping things clean, and not dumping garbage into Lammuengklang canal, the youths have been educated about environment conservation, dumping garbage, and the impact of garbage. In addition, there were also an education on making bio-fertilizer from rice stubble and manure by local wisdom, and also education on unsafe food. By using knowledge as a tool in the operation can help reduce risk in trial and error, and build trust from people in the village that joined the project.

Discussion From the study of factors that influence the success in environment management in Baan Santangluang, Moo 8, Tambol Chanjavatai, Amphoe Mae Chan, Chiangrai province community. The lesson on the successful of the project’s operation is learned by using mixed method in the environment management, which starts from the process of problem analyzing and environmental status, then lead to problem-solving planning. To create capacity in environment management and guidelines which bring about performances, in order to manage resources to have a potential for sustainable use. Moreover, able to manage waste and pollution in the environment sustainably (Chankaew, 2013) Consequently, factors that influence the success in environment management in Baan Santangluang are; firstly, the leader needs to build trust for a change, has capacity to pass on knowledge and experiences. At the same time, the leader should be confident in using knowledge in operation and give priority to learning and additional training all the time. The leader should be a prototype to the people in the village, showing that it is practical. The leader should have vision to see the success, seeing future goals together among people in the village, having the same perception and understanding in the same direction. The leader should have ability to communicate information to the people in the village correctly and continuously, emphasizing on working collectively among people in the village on the conditions of sharing knowledge, sharing thoughts, sharing decision, and sharing activities. Secondly, the problem determination among people in the village must use the process that brings about the most participation in order for the people in the village to perceive and acknowledge the problem together. Consequently, this leads to responsibility in solving the problem together and the issue is not too big and not too difficult for the community’s potential. Thirdly, social capital is considered to be one that is related to cooperation which allows every party to work together (Romerattanapan, 2005) Environment management in the community of Baan Santangluang, Moo 8, Tambol Chanjavatai, Amphoe Mae Chan, Chiangrai province, there is the use of social capital within the village and many networks have participated and cooperation from many sectors. First, collaboration network consist of internal network, which is Subdistrict Administration Organization of Chanjavatai and the Children and Youth Council within the village. And external network, which is Prince Chakraband Pensiri Center For Plant Development. Social fundraising and other networks, all will be the empowerment of the people in the village, for them to have potential to solve the problem and operate the project to be successful and the result can be seen from more concretely project management. Lastly, using knowledge as a tool in the operation, the knowledge must match the needs and the problem which was determined together. By operating with knowledge will help reduce risk in trial and error, and build trust from people in the village that joined the project.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [94]

Recommendation Recommendation for applying results from the research According to this research, the results can be applied in other area that has the same environmental problems. However, some thoughts should be giving to the differences of contexts. Here are the points to be considered as follow: 1. Looking at the problem as the overall image, the community problem does not happen from just one person or one group, but happen from every person in the community and has been accumulated for a long time. So, solving the problem is responsible by every member of the community. The problem should be “social problem”, which is agreed by everyone that it has impact on the peace of community and the problem should be solved. 2. By having participation from the people in the village, it should benefit both personally and publicly. Personal benefits should be money, things, or none of that. For example, reputation, honour, pride, etc. Therefore, in order for a community to have genuine participation, shared benefits for both community and people must be thought of. 3. In order to use social capital in the area, there must be a survey. Especially, the capital in the form of tradition or culture that has been practiced and carries on. This will be social capital that can combine things in community to participate in doing activities. Recommendation for future researches If there were future researches in order to solve environmental conservation problem, there are still some interesting issues as follow: 1. Study about environmental management that has integration among government agencies, private sectors, and other civil societies, to be able to solve the problem more effectively and develop to best practice in the national level. 2. Study about supplying innovations to solve environmental problem, which the people can use that innovations to truly solve the problem permanently, for creating environmental sustainability.

Reference Apakaro, S. 2004. Network: Natural Knowledge and Management. Bangkok: Duentula. Chankeaw, K. 2013. Integrated Environmental Management. Bangkok: Kasetsart University. Kalyanamitra, P., Tatiyulapa, D., Mala, T., and Yaowanit, K. 2018. “The Success of Putting Good Governance into Practice of the Local Administrative Organizations in Central Region of Thailand.” International Journal of Crime, Law and Social Issues 5 (1): 164-175. Kwanboonbamphen, S. 2017. Environmental Participial. Bangkok: Faculty of Science, Chandrakaseam Rajaphat University. Phakamard, R. 2015. Participation Management. Chiang Mai: Samun Bloom Mingsri Creation Corporation. Prasertsri, R. 2001. Leadership. Bangkok: Thontouch. Romrattanaphan, W. 2005. Social Capital. Bangkok: Thammasat University. Trakulwaranont, P. 2009. Social Capital and Civil Society. Bangkok: Thammasat University.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [95]

Climate Change through Environmental Ethics and Buddhist Philosophy

Praves Intongpan Faculty of Humanities, Kasetsart University, Thailand Email: [email protected]

Article History Received: 2 May 2018 Revised: 16 June 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This qualitative research aims: 1) to study climate change, 2) to study environmental ethics and Buddhist philosophy, 3) to integrate environmental ethics and Buddhist philosophy in solving climate change problems, to present guidelines and create new knowledge. Climate change is mainly caused by natural variation and human activities. In this research, there are three concepts of environmental ethics, namely, Anthropocentric views, Eco-centric views and Buddhist philosophy.The anthropocentric view allows humans to possess and manage unlimited natural resources. It is a major cause of the problem of climate change, and solving the problem is accomplished by using technology, laws and ethics at the national and international level. However, the problems have still not been resolved. The eco-centric view sees humans and all natural beings as being tied together in a web of life. Solving problems starts with ecological consciousness, where deep ecology and land ethics are proposed. Buddhist philosophy sees the problems that arise from humans’ lack of intelligence as causing defilements, and solves problems by living the Middle Path or the Noble Eightfold Path, which advocates modesty in consumption in order to supply the four basic human needs, etc. As for an integrated approach, it brings distinctive features of each of these ideas. It combines the application of technology, of law and of international ethics of the anthropocentric view, the eco-centric view that all things have their intrinsic value, and the practice of intelligence and meditation using Buddhist philosophy to achieve cooperative benefits in order to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. Keywords: Climate Change, Environmental Ethics, Buddhist Philosophy

Background and the Significance of the Problem Humans in modern times are facing many environmental problems, and the problems are becoming more severe. Among these is the problem of climate change, which has global impacts such as drought, which causes a lack of water for agriculture, and a decrease in the abundance from the sea due to the rising of temperatures every year. The problem is mainly caused by human actions, as Gore (2007: 15) observed - the causes of climate change are human activities. Global warming is not caused by natural power beyond control. No meteorite has hit the Earth nor has the Earth moved closer to the sun. Human beings are the main cause of the problem. Since the beginning of the industrial revolution in the United Kingdom in the 17th century, coal, and later petroleum, have been used as fuels for the advances in science and technology that have made industrial plants emit larger and larger amounts of carbon dioxide. In addition, automotive technology for transportation and logistics releases large amounts of carbon dioxide. Human activities such as burning oil and coal, using cooking fuel, electric power consumption, deforestation and some types of agriculture, have resulted in an increase of concentrations of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. These greenhouse gasses have the ability to absorb infrared radiation, which

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [96] maintains the heat level in the Earth’s atmosphere, but since the amount of these gases is higher than the suitable level for life on Earth, it results in the rising of global temperatures at an unusual level, causing climate change. Andrew (2012: 118) said that human activities have caused a rapid increase in greenhouse gas emissions since 1960, which has had an impact on the temperature change over the past three decades. The emission of greenhouse gases played an important role in global warming in the late 20th century. This is due to the attitudes and behaviors of human beings who lack moral responsibility for the environment, both at the individual and group levels, thus making the problem more and more severe unless a solution is found. Most people see the problem of climate change as a scientific problem concerned with utilizing available resources without realizing the consequences that will befall mankind, so they think that it's up to scientists and engineers to find a solution to the problem. However, this notion is opposed to the thinking of Gore (2007), who stated, “...Global warming is not limited to only science or political issues but also ethical issues”. To consider this problem, the researcher uses the concept of Environmental ethics to analyze three climate change issues: 1. The Anthropocentric view:According to this concept, humans view themselves as independent from nature.They dominate nature as the conquerors of nature.As Gustafson (1993: 16) observed, Science and technology are tools for exercising human rights to control nature and take advantage of nature for the goals and objectives of fulfilling the insatiable demand, enjoyment and comfort of human beings. Therefore, it can be said that this concept sees nature as worthless if it is not used to serve human beings. Indeed, most national development is based on this concept. 2. The Eco-centric view: According to this concept, all things have their own value. All are interdependent and bound together in holistic relationships. All things in nature are holy. Every life has a soul. All things have intrinsic value. Humans live with nature on the basis of respect and humility. Humans do not separate themselves from things and other people. A human’s identity is bound to and indistinguishable from nature, as found in the life philosophy of the Native Americans, who hold that “in the circle of life, no life is higher or lower. We are siblings. Life is to share with the birds, bears, insects, vegetation, mountains, clouds, stars, sun” (Session, 1995: 158). 3. Buddhist Philosophy: This concept focuses on seeing the world as it is. Humans are related to the environment. Viewing life holistically, all things in nature are interdependent. Phenomena in both the physical and non-physical world proceed according to natural law or the five aspects of natural law, where everything supports the existence of each other, called ”cooperatives”. The Middle Path, or the Noble Eightfold Path, is the principle of the Four Noble Truths in thinking, living and depending on each other according to the rules of Dependent Origination. These ethical principles teach humans to obtain sufficiency in our requisites, to find contentment, to exercise loving-kindness, and to see the value of nature and preserve nature, which leads to sustainable development of life and nature and living happily with nature, as can be seen in the lives of forest monks or in forest monasteries in Thailand. Therefore, the researcher wishes to study climate change and environmental ethics while including Buddhist philosophy as to how these concepts can be integrated in solving climate change problems and presenting guidelines and creating new knowledge. This research is of benefit as an alternative way to view natural disasters due to climate change. This research may make these concepts more widely known and can benefit the world in supporting the solving of climate change problems and integrating knowledge as a basis for sustainable development.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [97]

Literature Review The ethics of climate change is not all about the horrors. It has more to do with the fact that science alone cannot help us with the answers we need (Garvey, 2008). This book is a start toward these sort of thinking. It is not exhaustive or comprehensive, not the last word but a few first words. It is an introduction, in plain language, to the ethics of climate change, to where the moral weight falls on our changing planet and how that weight on our societies and our lives has to change, and the role of values in the changes ahead. Strona and Bradshaw (2018) described how climate change risks causing an 'extinction domino effect'. This research reveals that the extinction of plant and animal species from extreme environmental change increases the risk of an 'extinction domino effect' that could annihilate all life on Earth. This would be the worst-case scenario of what scientists call 'co-extinctions', where an organism dies out because it depends on another doomed species. Similarity et al. (2018) mentions that up to half of plant and animal species in the world’s most naturally rich areas, such as the Amazon and the Galapagos, could face local extinction by the turn of the century due to climate change if carbon emissions continue to rise unchecked. Even if the Paris Climate Agreement’s 2°C target is met, these places could lose 25 percent of their species. Hotter days, longer periods of drought, and more intense storms are becoming the new normal, and species around the world are already feeling the effects. Thus, Suwan (2018) stated that ecological consciousness is deleterious to nature when humans are considered superior over nature, as anthropocentrism refers to the concept in which humans are held to be most important, regarding nature as a slave, existing only to serve human beings and their needs. Conscience with nature is a conscience that realizes the value of life, and self-realization is a holistic paradigm perceived as self-reliance with nature, where one aims to conserve more than to take a lot from the environment. This research reflects on the natural and environmental crisis taking place in the Mekong River Basin, as it’s affected by the realization and action of human beings seeking to benefit from nature and the environment. This article attempts to change the paradigm of human consciousness. To stop the invasion on nature beyond the necessity, and turn to the care of nature and the environment in order to live together in a sustainable way. So, the concept of eco-centricism means giving most importance to the whole of the universe, which is a complex web of relations in which each individual human being is interlinked with others, with animals, and with the ecosphere. In Buddhism, there are principles supporting the ecological system in both the biological and physical systems. Man is not the center of all things, so other things have the right not to be destroyed by humans. Human beings should maintain, restore, conserve and be ecologically friendly. Thus, Buddhism offers the principles supporting the ecological system. There are seven principles on this matter: (1) mutual livelihood, (2) practical actions, (3) conservation, (4) reconstruction, (5) moral development, (6) mutual dependence, and (7) Dhamma conditions in the ecological system. As the Buddha said, “Monks, you shall lay down in the forest, but you shall not cut off the tree”. The tree is one of the elements in the ecosystem. (Bumrungsak and Kumpeerapanyo, 2018). In solving climate change problems, Tansuwansopon (2017) stated that many kinds of methods for trying to solve global warming given by social sciences, science, ethics, religions and other alternatives are still full of defects because of their lopsided aspects. Since the problem of global warming has been chiefly caused by human activities, then the solution also lies in this manner; human behavior of over-consuming various kinds of food should be limited. By virtue of this, the over- consumption of energy will be considerably reduced and thereby lead to non-damage to all nature, this can be done through the principle of Ahimsa and non-possession in Jain philosophy.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [98]

The present research work, therefore, intends to see, analyze, examine and investigate climate change, environmental ethics concerned with the concept of anthropocentric views and eco- centric views, and Buddhist philosophy concerning man’s responsibility to climate change.

Research Methodology This research was applied using qualitative methods for compiling the analyses of documents and interviews gathered from Buddhist scholars and specialists of environmental ethics to create new approaches and knowledge, as follows: Data used in the research: This research will collect information from Tipitaka texts and their translations, as well as secondary sources of commentaries, sub-commentaries, textbooks, research works, environmental journals, internet sources such as websites, audio, and E-books which relate to the contents. In-depth interview: Interview Buddhist scholars consisting of 5 persons, and specialists of environmental ethics consisting of 5 persons, in order to gain contemporary viewpoints. The criteria for selecting these key contributors are as follows: 1) Being an expert in the branch/field according to the researcher’s determination, and 2) At least 15 years of experience and expertise in that field. Data analysis: Put the data from documents and the data from the field study into analysis, synthesize the contents in order to see the facts within and be able to answer the questions in accordance with the objectives. After that, the results of analysis are reported in accordance with the structure of the contents and summarization.

Research Results Climate change is the result of human activities that change the composition of the Earth's atmosphere, directly or indirectly, and is further enhanced by the variability of natural weather conditions, including temperature, humidity, rainfall and seasons. Scientists believe that the burning of fossil fuels during industrial development over the past 200 years is a major cause of the increase in GHG (greenhouse gas) concentrations in the atmosphere, causing global warming. The increase in temperatures may cause some areas to become desert, some to lack adequate food and drinking water, some to have heavy flooding problems due to severe rainfall, and the melting of polar ice and glaciers, causing sea levels to rise. Coastal areas that are directly affected may permanently disappear. As Hoanh (2015) observed, responding to climate change and the increase of the greenhouse gases will lead to negative effects for the entire ecosystem, both directly (the increase of carbon dioxide gas) and indirectly, (affecting the temperature, rainfall, and ecological systems in various fields). The actual response depends on the sensitivity of the ecosystem in each system and the relationship of changes in controlled factors. Therefore, the problem of climate change is a major problem where humanity must cooperate in order to prevent and enhance its ability to handle changes that will occur as the world’s average temperature increases each year. This should not exceed 2 degrees Celsius because that will be a critical point, according to Fulton (2001), who said that climate change is probably the greatest threat to global ecosystems that humanity has ever faced. In this current year of 2019, it is at 0.87 according to the graph shown below:

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [99]

Table 1 NASA’s Global Land-Ocean Temperature Index graph provides a clear view of the steep rise in global temperatures since 1880 and particularly over the past three decades. The graph is a line plot of the index, 1880 to the present, with the base period being 1951-1980

Source: NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies (2019)

Regarding change in the average weather in one area, average weather characteristics include all aspects related to air, such as temperature, rain and wind. While climate change may be due to natural changes or human activities, global warming is largely caused by human activity. Dessler and Parson, (2007) said: In the 1950s and early 1960s, it was quite clear that actions of humans that emit carbon dioxide in the atmosphere quickly and significantly to the atmosphere were more than the emissions of the previous 1,000 years. Humans began to use natural resources greatly, such as energy from fossils (oil and natural gas) since the industrial revolution in the 1800s. The global warming was due to the amount of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere causing more severe greenhouse effects than it should naturally, which results in higher surface temperature called global warming. Important greenhouse gases from the result of human activities include carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, etc. These gases, especially carbon dioxide, are released from the industrial processes of burning coal, natural gas and oil for electricity production in power plants (Vinod Kumar, 2000), from vehicles, from raising livestock for consumption, and from constant heavy deforestation. As Andrew, (2012: 122) explained: It is the most obvious thing that the amount of greenhouse gases released by our society is determined by the number of products and services that are consumed because everything we eat and use every day, whether cars, mobile phones, computers, etc., need energy from fossil fuels in the production process. Therefore, the amount of consumption of people in the society determines the release of greenhouse gases. The main factor is the population, the wealth of the population and technology. The energy that comes to the earth from the sun, plus the average energy caused by greenhouse gas emission to the atmosphere from various activities of human beings, is greater than the energy released back into space by Earth. With this imbalance, the world is heated up by an average of about half a degree in order to balance the released energy with the incoming energy. If we stopped releasing greenhouse gases today, we would continue to live with the average heat that has been increased by half a degree over the next several decades. Climate change is a time-consuming change, as Ji-Sun Kim (2013) explained, the heat generated by the release of greenhouse gases today will appear clearly in the second half of the 21st century. The reduction of greenhouse gas emissions today will not be fully reflected in these decades but will affect people in the next generation.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [100]

The impact of global climate change due to global warming is something that cannot be avoided, for it includes such things as the El Niño phenomena, tsunamis, polar ice melting, more frequent and more violent storms and health problems, all affecting the survival of living things. There are many ways to solve the problem. Some focus on technology development, especially the development of energy sources. Others focus on international cooperation. The Kyoto Protocol is the only international climate convention that aims to stop climate change using a mechanism that allows the global community to help towards reducing the amount of greenhouse gas emissions as much as possible and also tries to invite the governments of developed countries to certify this protocol using environmental legislation or environmental standards. However, because research on climate change is a part of environmental ethics that is deeper than environmental science or environmental law, therefore the environment or natural world turns out depends on the concept of human belief. In considering climate change the researcher will examine the problem using the conceptual framework of three theories. Anthropocentric View The anthropocentric view bears an aggressive attitude towards nature. It believes that since humans are rational and are able to think, this differentiates them from other animals, so humans can conquer nature and therefore use the resources in this world without any fear.This is very different from the view of people in prehistoric times, which was more spiritual and more respectful of nature concerning the consumption of resources.According to the initial attempts to explain the world in Greek philosophy, and the emergence of Christianity which believes in a monotheistic God, mankind can dominate what God created, as stated in Psalm 115:16: ”The heavens belong to the Lord, but he has given the earth to all mankind.” Therefore, human beings who follow these religions are more aggressive towards nature than those who follow other religions that do not have a God or gods (polytheism), because the belief of the creation of the world and creation of things provides comfort to humans. God created resources to make human life comfortable.The attitude of the religions in this group is clearly anthropocentric. Man was created in the image of God, but other things were not created in the image of God. God has given many qualities to humans, as stated in the Bible (Genesis, 1: 26, 28), Then God said,”Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the birds of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creeps upon the earth”. This has been understood not only by Jews but also Christians and Muslims as man’s charter, granting him the right to subdue the earth and all the creatures inhabiting it: “So God created man in his own image, in the Divine image, he created him; male and female he created them.” And God, according to Genesis, also issued a mandate to mankind: Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth and subdue it; and have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the air and over every living thing that moves upon the earth. And God said, Behold, I have given you every plant yielding seed which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree with seed in its fruit; you shall have them for food (Gen.1:28-29). So Genesis tells men not only what they can do, but what they should do - multiply and fill the earth and subdue it. These verses (Gen. 1:26-29) provide the essential clues to the way in which the relationship between man and nature developed in the Western world-view. In making a distinction between God, man and nature, the natural world has been accepted to be the condemned world. In this concept, man will conquer the natural world after the fall from the Garden of Eden. In the other creation myth (Genesis chapter 2) man is created first and then the Garden of Eden with all the plants and animals and then finally woman. But in this myth, too, the animals are created for the benefit of humanity and it is Adam who gives them their names.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [101]

Then God nearly destroys the world in a great flood, but in a new contract with Noah and his family as the only human survivors, God once again, this time in even starker terms, gives them and their descendants dominion over the world; ”Every moving thing that lives shall be food for you; and as I gave you the green plants, I give you everything…The fear of you and the dread of you shall be upon every beast of the earth, and upon every fowl of the air, upon all that moveth upon the earth, and upon all the fishes of the sea; into your hand are they delivered.” Therefore, in the concept of praising the supernatural in this Judeo-Christian tradition, White (2016) said that, the originated fundamental causes of the ecological crisis are the result of biblical interpretations. Christianity from Judaism. Slow integration of power and love of God created the bright and dark side. In having given names to animals and ruled them, God has defined everything for the benefit of mankind. A wonderful look consisting of the world, trees, animals, birds, fish, and finally, God created a man named Adam, and in order not to be alone God created another, a woman named Eve. On this subject, Hoffman and Sandelands (2016) noted that this study offers a reading that avoids both literalism and sociological reductionism through a study of the Bible's intricate patterns of imagery. It will appeal to thoughtful people dissatisfied with the religious status quo and looking for a new intellectual starting point. It has been said that the entire universe was created for human beings, like Aquinas (2003): “The less perfect things exist to serve more complete things. And when the order of perfection is complete, humans are classified as living creatures with the highest status, so nature, being less complete, therefore exists to serve mankind, which is more complete.” This concept is deeply rooted in Western culture and has a great influence on various ideologies and philosophies in which the role of humans is to overcome and control the natural environment. This concept is also a cause for the quest for scientific knowledge, technology, and industry which developed in Europe in later periods. However, Hoffman and Sandelands (2016) argued that this article explores tensions underling these two views and finds that neither adequately reconciles us to nature. This article offers an alternative, theocentric view of our relationship to nature, founded upon Catholic Christianity, that reconciles in God our value for resources and nature and establishes a divine order of man and nature apart from human egoism and intentions. This article concludes with a discussion of the implications of this theocentric view for environmental policy and practice. The science concept results in a very aggressive nature. Because of the fact that humans began to explore nature through occupation, it has had a wide impact on natural behavior. The scientific awakening has resulted in humans inventing various technologies to make it more comfortable than before. Humans can produce more products twice as fast, and this production has had a tremendous impact on the environment. This increase in human production can consume a lot of resources, as Ferkiss (1993: 47) said, “Nature cannot be ordered. Except by being obeyed“. Therefore, this attitude leads to the following things: 1) human beings are rational animals and able to reach the attainment of a supernatural end, which is largely conceived in terms of individual salvation and is not contingent on or even responsible for the welfare of future generations, 2) the industrial revolution in Europe, 3) a capitalist economic system seeking benefits from animals, plants and other natural resources, 4) humans force nature to adapt in various ways to meet their needs. 5) The entire universe is created for humans. 6) Human beings try to overcome and merge. 7) The natural environment is viewed as less than human. Nature exists to serve humans. Humans have the right to adapt, to control, and take full advantage of the natural benefits for their comfort. As a result, environmental problems have intensified in this century.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [102]

Eco-centric View The concept of eco-centricism originated in the 18th century from seeing human error in the environment because of the belief that humans tried to occupy and encroach on nature until it affected the environment, or climate change, as is currently the case. The main characteristic of this concept is that it holds ecology to be central and is therefore expressed as nature being holy life. Every being has its own spirit and this is all its value. Humans therefore live with nature on the basis of respect and humility, and humans do not separate themselves from others or from nature. Human identity is bound to all things in the dimension of samsara. And reincarnation after death occurs, so the purpose of life is to integrate with nature, God, spirit or universe, which refers to the manifestation that his identity is bound to be indistinguishable from nature. Likewise, having direct experience with nature, or living with consciousness, is a way of remembering this unity while being physically united with the mind. This ecological concept therefore has as its purpose - humans living with simplicity, in harmony with the environment and refusing to use various technologies to deal with the environment. As Naess (1993) said, the basic concept of environmental ethics in this deep ecological theory is the important concept that human and living environments all have their own values or intrinsic value. Humans cannot measure the value of the environment in this way. Things are evaluated with business or in economic values. No being, whether an animal or tree, should be destroyed because of the narrow interests of humans. The basic idea for humans is to provide ethical values to the environment. In this deep ecology, there are five important philosophies according to Naess (1993: 69): 1. Nature or the environment is valuable in itself, and nature or the environment does not exist as a tool for other purposes or for the benefit of anyone. 2. The law of ecology, or the law of nature, is a form of morality and ethics for human beings. The thoughts, feelings, and actions of all men will focus on the nature of things, such as - Do any actions have a negative impact on the environment? If it causes harm to humans, it cannot be done. 3. Environment, nature, plants and wildlife have the right to live without being disturbed, without being affected or destroyed by human skill. This type of rights is called biological rights. 4. Humans should not adhere to modern large-scale technology, and at the same time, should reject all forms of power system and centralization. 5. Cults or ideas that promote popular objects are extremely undesirable. Economic prosperity must meet the basic needs of the poor people. In the essence of nature and the relationship of things, there are many niches in which Naess (1984: 84-85) proposes principles of manifestation in himself. Self-realization levels that all human beings have the potential to develop, to call this ecological characteristic Ecosophy and the principles of manifestation in one's self. There are three stages of developmental levels: 1. Ego-realization is a state of general awareness of humans. It is a state of self-existence separated from all things. This is often referred to as ego. 2. self-realization (with a small “s”): This kind of manifestation began to develop for our attention, or is the view that other things are the same as ourselves, called identification. When this manifestation occurs, identity or ego will gradually transform into consciousness in the unity of all things. If the term self-realization is applied, it should be kept in mind that “I”, “me” and “self” have shifting connotations. 3. Self-realization (with a capital “S”): This is an extension of the manifestation of identity from the middle level, self-realization (with a small “s”), which differs from the self- expansion, or ego, at the family level, social level or national level that still exists, but this manifestation is intuitively aware that the true self (self) is the same thing as all things,

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [103] whether it be friends, humans, plants, animals, the environment, the world, or the entire universe. Such manifestations are also called the ecological self, which is a manifestation of relative identity, which is what is called the identity. Indeed, this is a result of various factors that are deeply interrelated, complex and delicate, both between ourselves and fellow human beings and other living things, including climate, places and other things in the universe. For access to this great identity, human beings must develop themselves, as must society as a whole. The manifestation of these three levels of self-identity, social identity and the self, which is the same thing, makes humans behave differently toward the natural environment. However, Naess (1993) admits that religion can cause this manifestation to a third degree. He said that deep ecology is an important element of religion. Buddhist Philosophy The concept of a Buddhist philosophical view of nature, as a whole, is the truth of nature. There are four conditions: earth element, water element, fire element and wind element.The components of these elements are assembled into various kinds of things, and Dhamma thus denotes the law of nature. Man’s body falls under the rule of decay. The law of impermanence enunciated by the Buddha is equally applicable to the human body. As living in nature, Buddhist philosophy views unity in nature. Such similarity has been explained as three common characteristics, as the Buddha states, “All component things are impermanent, all component things are suffering, and all Dhammas are non-self.” (Anatta). (A.IV. 100.) A condition appears only temporarily because even the four elements are always moving, and may change from one place to another. Sometimes it may be the soil composition of the water of the plant, which occurs and persists and decays. However, the distinction between the self and the sense of self, which Albahari (2006: 17) explained, states that self enables us to articulate and explore a possibility that will be of central importance to Buddhism and this project in general. In this law of nature according to Buddhism, changeability is one of the perennial principles of nature. Everything changes in nature and nothing remains static. Everything formed is in a constant process of change (S.IV. 52). The world is therefore defined as that which disintegrates; this is because the world is dynamic and kinetic, it is constantly in a process of undergoing change. In nature there are no static or stable ’things’, there are only ever- changing, ever-moving processes. This change has been explained as follows: “When this is, that is, this arising, that arises. When this is not, that is not, this ceases, that ceases” (S.II/144). From this message, it confirms that the principle shows the natural process of interdependence of things that must always be related. Which is the result of the evolution that comes from being a living factor forever in the same way, the relationship between man and nature, the environment proceeds according to the process of factors. When humans destroy nature, environmental problems, such as climate change, will occur. Everything happens, is located and extinguished according to cause and effect. The truth about the true nature of all things will see that the image of the world is a picture of the changing tide. There is nothing that is still or eternal. Buddhist philosophy points out that the ego that we claim is ours, in fact is not ours, because it flows according to the laws of nature. There is no real ego at all, not even at the apparent level. Moral Responsibility for the Climate Change Problem The moral concept on the side of the Anthropocentric view has been occurring for a long time, since the Greek period beginning with the idea of explaining goodness. The meaning of goodness continued until the era of prosperity ethics. Interpretation has not changed in any way, just added more ethical judgments. At present, climate ethics has been proposed that emphasizes justice and moral responsibility, as Broome (2012: 49) said, “Some countries like

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [104] the Pacific nation of Tuvalu that have a low population use less energy because of their simple lifestyle and they hardly make any contribution to global warming at all. Nevertheless, climate change has affected them, for sea water has swallowed their home island, although the cause of this lies in the developed countries. It can be said that this is not fair to the people of Tuvalu. Therefore, the consequences of economic development toward more climate change from developed countries is inevitable. In terms of the number of deaths from weather and natural disasters such as storms, floods and droughts (Encyclopedia: 2014 ) Pittock (2009) argues that from the same statistics showing that developing countries have greater damage from natural disasters than developed and wealthy countries due to climate change, it shows that there is a tendency of damage caused by increasing climate change ...There is evidence that human society has been affected more and more by natural disasters due to the bad weather, such as the victims of storms in the United States, Australia, etc. As for the Eco-centric view, it is important for changing philosophical concepts. It can help in solving environmental problems quite well by replacing the belief that humans are more important than anything else with the conviction that human beings are part of nature and deep ecology, which Lier, 2004 (cited in Naess, 1993: 29) agreed with as principles called the ’Deep Ecology platform’: 1. The flourishing of human and nonhuman life on Earth has intrinsic value. The value of nonhuman life forms is independent of the usefulness these may have for narrow human purposes. 2. Richness and diversity of life forms are value in themselves and contribute to the flourishing of human and nonhuman life on Earth. 3. Humans have no right to reduce this richness and diversity except to satisfy vital needs. 4. Present human interference with the nonhuman world is excessive, and the situation is rapidly worsening. 5. The flourishing of human life and cultures is compatible with a substantial decrease of the human population. The flourishing of nonhuman life requires such a decrease. 6. Significant change of life conditions for the better requires change in policies. These affect basic economic, technological, and ideological structures. 7. The ideological change is mainly that of appreciating life quality (dwelling in situations of intrinsic value) rather than adhering to a high standard of living. There will be a profound awareness of the difference between big and great. 8. Those who subscribe to the foregoing points have an obligation directly or indirectly to participate in the attempt to implement the necessary changes. Among other points, the richness of life on the planet is greatest when the diversity of life forms is greatest. Principles 5 and 7 would be important in developing an energy policy that would address such issues as resource conservation, pollution growth, consumer demand, and nuclear energy. A significant point is that the platform also reflects the ways in which the science of ecology influences Deep Ecology. In some sense, ecological science would provide direct support for principles 4 and 5. Ecology would also be relevant in explaining and defending principles 1 and 2. But ecology is also important for eco-philosophy in that it provides a model for a non- reductionist, holistic worldview.The deep ecology platform allows humans to “reduce” bio- centric richness and diversity in order to satisfy vital needs. Deep ecologists are committed to promoting lifestyles that “tread lightly on the Earth”, this means that humans ought to live in simple, relatively non-technological, self-reliant, decentralized communities. Moreover, Leopold (2002: 253) proposed land ethics, which is an Eco-centric view of emphasizing that the ground is just a treasure or an object. We should give more respect to the land than it gets today. Being seen as a treasure is wrong because the ground should look like a living thing

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [105] because there is a chance that good and bad health can happen to the land, like other living things. Land ethics is like an extension of the normal moral system and includes not only the land but also incorporating various natural resources as well. The main principle of the ecological concept is central to the disagreement that the pursuit of objects is wrong, and believing that economic prosperity must provide benefits to meet the basic needs of the poor and focusing on nature conservation, not for human benefit, but for nature itself, including ecological rules and natural laws to determine human morals or ethics and giving high priority to biological rights. Plants and animals have the right to a life and existence that will not be disturbed by humans. All things interact with each other in a holistic manner that is related to the network or the system that is a biological organism (Living Organism), as explained with the system theory called the Gaia hypothesis. Therefore, this eco-centric view needs to change the way of life in accordance with the natural environment. At the same time, the social structure must be changed in many ways, including economic, political and cultural, in order to live with nature in peace, not in a crazy way of unlimited progress, which often means just increasing wealth and power of the kind that is hostile to the ecosystem and harms humans. The Buddhist philosophy on ethics or discipline is a foundation for organizing the relationship between people, society and nature or the environment, with the principles of Buddhist metaphysics providing the foundation. Both parts rely on one another. Buddhist metaphysics is a base for Buddhist ethics. Meanwhile Buddhist ethics also confirms to Buddhist metaphysics. The criteria are visible at the precepts level, which is a discipline or ordinance as a standard for prohibiting or blocking the intention to abuse and became a problem or conflict in coexistence with humans or other worldly animals, such as a prohibition against monks taking part in agriculture and not destroying small animals. For their survival, mankind has to depend on nature for his food, clothing, shelter, medicine and other requisites. For optimum benefit man has to understand nature so that he can utilize natural resources and live harmoniously with nature. By understanding the workings of nature, for example the seasonal rainfall patterns, methods of conserving water by irrigation, the soil types, the physical conditions required for growth of various food crops, etc., man can learn to get better returns from his agricultural pursuits. But this learning has to be accompanied by moral restraint if mankind is to enjoy the benefits of natural resources for a long time. Man must learn to satisfy his needs and not feed his needs. The resources of the world are not unlimited, whereas man’s greed knows neither limit nor satiation. Modern man with his unbridled voracious greed for pleasure and acquisition of wealth has exploited nature to the point of near impoverishment. Buddhism tirelessly advocates the virtues of non-greed, non-hatred and non-delusion in all human pursuits. Greed breeds sorrow and unhealthy consequences. Contentment (santutthi) is a much praised virtue in Buddhism (Dh.V.:204).The man leading a simple life with few wants is easily satisfied and is upheld and appreciated as an exemplary character (A.IV, 2, 220, 229). Miserliness and wastefulness are equally deplored in Buddhism as two degenerate extremes. Wealth has only instrumental value; it is to be utilized for the satisfaction of man’s needs. Hoarding is a senseless anti-social habit comparable to the attitude of the dog in the manger. The vast hoarding of wealth in some countries and the methodical destruction of large quantities of agricultural produce to keep market prices from falling while half the world is dying of hunger and starvation is really a sad paradox of the present affluent age. Buddhism commends frugality as a virtue in its own right. Once Ananda explained to king Udena the thrifty economic use of robes by the monks in the following order. When new robes are received, the old robes are used as coverlets, the old coverlets as mattress covers, the old mattress covers as rugs, the old rugs as dusters, and the old tattered dusters are kneaded with clay and used to repair cracked floors and walls (Vin. II.129). Thus, nothing

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [106] usable is wasted. Those who waste are derided as “wood-apple eaters” (A.Iv. 283). A man shakes the branch of a wood-apple tree and all the fruit, ripe as well as unripe, fall. The man would collect only what he wants and walk away leaving the rest to rot. Such a wasteful attitude is certainly deplored in Buddhism as not only anti-social but criminal. However, De Silva, (1998) said that the excessive exploitation of nature as is done today would certainly be condemned by Buddhism. Buddhism advocates a gentle non-aggressive attitude towards nature (Koslowski, 2001). According to the sigalovada sutta, a householder should accumulate wealth as a bee collects pollen from a flower (D.III. 188). The bee harms neither the fragrance nor the beauty of the flower, but gathers pollen to turn it into sweet honey. Similarly, man is expected to make legitimate use of nature so that he can rise above nature and realize his innate spiritual potential. In the Vinaya, the disciplines and instructions that sangha members follow, several rules specify the ways in which the non-violence (Ahimsa) doctrine must be followed. It is an offense for a monk to use water that could contain living beings (that is, micro-organisms) or to pour water “onto grass or earth” as it contains living creatures. For the same reason, monks are required to have a water strainer as one of the eight basic needs for ordination. Monks are not allowed to travel during the monsoon season because of potential injury that might result to insects or other small beings that would be exposed at that time, ’the same concern for non-violence prevents a monk from digging in the ground’ (De Silva, 1992). Similarly, ahimsa rules encompass treatment of vegetation as well: if a bhikhu removes any part of a growing plant so that it is broken away from its place of growth, it is a pacittiya (offense) (Vajira:15). The path recommended by the Buddha consists of the eightfold path, which is a middle path in nature and in harmony with nature. The eightfold path can be used as a guideline for correcting climate change, that is, having right view (Mccown, Reibel and Micozzi, 2010), right resolve, right speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration. In applying this to eco-ethics, right livelihood means one does not indulge in pursuits such as logging, poaching, or producing chemicals that harm the natural environment. Right effort means that, while logging may be beneficial in earning one's livelihood, and there is forever a temptation to go back to resume it, right effort will strengthen him to maintain his resolve to pursue the right path. Social context is important and plays a significant role to weaken or strengthen this right effort. While the government must be strong in legalization and enforcing the law, individuals must also confirm the message of conservation by their speech and action, and most importantly by transforming their own mentality. In right mindfulness, a person must constantly remind him/herself of her/his rightful path, realize its good, and strive to move forward with every possible effort. A key concept to conservation is the realization of the holistic nature of the world, and to be mindful of this important understanding which will be the actual mental force in guiding our actions. The middle way can be applied to addressing the climate change crisis that is facing mankind because it is a principle that allows humans to face everything in the right way, both in mind and wisdom, by starting with correct opinions, which are the first wise parts, because Buddhist philosophy considers that in changing the way of life of human beings to be in harmony with nature, the mind must be changed to reduce greed and anger and to control life using the principle of meditation, beginning with the belief that there is a correct opinion about the nature of the environment. In conclusion, the eightfold path in Buddhism may be applied to reduce the ecological crisis the world is now facing. Buddhism explains suffering and prescribes a method to remove that suffering. It clearly explains the problems in detail and emphasizes the inter-relatedness of everything on earth.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [107]

Solving Climate Change Problems The study found that change is caused by human actions. An Anthropocentric view is caused by internal causes from past to present. Humans should adjust to a new perspective to solve this problem based on an eco-centric view, which is significant. They must see that all things in nature are related to each other in a way that is called a network, which is consistent with the principles of Buddhist philosophy, which sees that all things are based on each other in a rational way. Therefore, we can apply environmental principles, ethics and Buddhist philosophy in order to be integrated and solve the problem on two levels: 1. A short-term correction is to use various technologies such as conservation, the media and the control of basic human behavior in order to reduce the consumption of energy and destruction of nature through compliance of the law, moral rules and intellectual principles. When humans follow the law or have precepts, it will reduce consumption of natural resources. For preservation of the existing natural environment, or to create a new one, therefore, humans must have eyes and have gratitude and compassion to develop life in harmony with nature. This would result in solving current climate change problems and would provide a sustainable solution so that climate change will not occur faster. 2) Long-term solutions involve the use of technology and communication, eco-industrial development, strict compliance with the law, having ecological consciousness, and using moral principles to improve the quality of life of people in society, namely via physical development that includes a complete, good environment living in a self-sufficient society (Phaya Phawana). Developing precepts means developing self-discipline behaviors, including making people aware that they are dependent on nature through religion because religion is an ancient, basic institution. Learning to live with others in a friendly manner, respecting the rules of society, developing the mind to control the thoughts and not let the mind be distracted or become overcome by defilements (Kilesa), developing wisdom, meaning to study and learn to understand the truths of life and the world with intelligence and right knowledge, discerning what is wrong, what is right, what is good, what is bad, what is useful, what is not useful, how to reduce defilements, and what is the ultimate goal of development (intellectual development). Criticism 1. The anthropocentric view has a solution by inventing and producing new technologies to solve problems, such as carbon dioxide emissions from burning, or the emergence of a global environmental protection organization, or providing hunting reserves. The highlight of the anthropocentric view is the development of technology, which must start from a scientific perspective, science can only be developed when humans see the problem and therefore seek a solution. The disadvantage of developing too many science concepts is excessive consumption. Science tries to make human beings have a better life, but instead of using more resources, looking at problems with human interpretations makes understanding the problem not deep enough to change most human thought. In addition, the anthropocentric view does not give nature the value that it should have, but sees nature only as important in the production and consumption process. 2. The eco-centric view focuses on sustainability when changing human concepts to solve problems. To achieve harmony with nature, we must change the human perspectives of nature. It emphasizes viewing the environment as a whole, not giving value to only one thing. It focuses on sustainable development and careful consumption of resources. It supports technological advances in order to provide appropriate and sustainable solutions to environmental problems. It changes all the old ethical concepts that were too focused on the human body and made humans less able to see value in the environment less, changing

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [108] philosophical concepts in order to lead to a new understanding of the environment. The solution to environmental problems must begin by changing the perspective and the person. The disadvantage of this concept is that it causes slower development of technology. If we understand that we are part of a large ecosystem, some consumption or action will have a wide impact, causing the ecosystem to lose balance. However, humans still need to consume continuously, and therefore, we are unable to stop consumption that affects the environment. The way to solve this problem starts with changing the perspective, focusing on looking at the environment as a whole, and not giving value to just one thing. Focus must also be given to changing philosophical concepts in order to lead to a new understanding of the environment in which all things have intrinsic value and value is given to diversity. 3. Buddhist Philosophy: There is no way that humans can destroy other lives, including humans, animals or plants. Humans should treat their fellow humans, animals and plants as friends and have mercy on the environment. Beings should not destroy each other, for according to Buddhist philosophy, all human beings and animals are born equally and subject to pain and death. Each individual being loves happiness and hates suffering. All living things must be seen as related or intertwined so that if humans destroy or encroach on the environment they themselves cannot live. However, Buddhist philosophy considers that human beings, just as the environment, have changed as well as other things. Buddhist ethics: Ecology has principles and methods of behavior that arise from accessing the truth that is presented by the accessor. Truth (Buddha) is having faith in the enlightenment of the Lord Buddha. Ethical principles, including Buddhist discipline and precepts, have value and meaning for Buddhist companies who study and follow Buddhist philosophy: 1) Buddhist teachings for monks and principles for conservation of aquatic plants, etc. 2) The Middle Path (threefold) in ethical principles. 3) Practical threefold training consists of precepts, concentration and wisdom. Right speech, Right livelihood and Right action are the precepts. Right understanding and Right thought fall under the category of concentration, and Right effort, Right mindfulness and Right concentration constitute wisdom (Sammathitthi and Samaramkamppa). However, Buddhist principles lack the compulsory measures to follow through. But if the person is educated and has right intelligence refined from the family, the strengths of the three concepts can be used to solve problems together and adjust the weaknesses of the concept. We will be able to come up with the most effective solution to the problem, using technology to solve the problem by looking at the suitability of the ecosystem, because in each region environmental problems are not always equal. We study all the ecosystems first, and then make the technology to improve on it as appropriate. We ought to change the way of consumption and the use of human resources, we must consider more common elements than before, in order to reduce consumption more than necessary by pushing for environmental protection and emphasizing new ethical concepts which understand the environment rather than just looking out for humans. Humans must correct the concept using in-depth ethics. To see the value and importance of the environment more than before. Humans are also living creatures, therefore humans should certainly not think of harming other living creatures as well. Human beings ought to apply Buddhist philosophy, Buddhism, metaphysics and Buddhist ethics. Applying these three concepts to suit social and environmental conditions will result in less natural destruction, which will cause the problem of climate change to decrease as well. But the human occupation of nature over a long time, and its resulting environmental problems, are becoming more severe every day. Therefore, solving these problems will take a long time and we need to lay a new foundation in order to achieve the most sustainable environmental solutions.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [109]

Conclusion Climate change caused by human actions, which cause the average global average temperature to rise, or "Global Warming", started from the industrial development that began in the 17th century. An increasing volume of greenhouse gases has resulted from fuel combustion, cutting down trees, electric energy usage, etc. The Anthropocentric view is important to human beings. It believes that human beings are above all things. The concept of problem solving focuses on the development of science and technology (Daniel et al., 2015). The solution must therefore be solved by applying natural resources, which has resulted in new innovations that help reduce environmental problems. Even though the current climate has been especially troubling, this problem has intensified the eco-centric view that promotes a holistic view of nature and starts solving environmental problems by promoting a holistic concept - change the natural perspective into a new understanding of the environment, from one of human beings being above all things in nature, to one of human beings residing in the same ecosystem. Changing the concept affects the ethical concept as well. This creates a new interpretation that leads to sustainable environmental ethics. Buddhist philosophy has a gentle position on nature. Especially the important doctrine of non-self (Anatta) that considers all things without identity, where everything is the same and humans are not the Anthropocentric center of the world. Buddhism is the religion of the Middle Path, not too tight and not too slack. Humans must consider consuming in moderation, both when eating and consuming natural resources.The contemporary world is experiencing many environmental problems because human consumption of natural resources is too great. Humans should realize that ”nature is limited, but human desires are not limited”. Humans should live life appropriately and in harmony with nature. Real nature conservation is conservation of humanity itself. New Knowledge from Research New knowledge from research of the synthesis of environmental concepts and ethics through Buddhist philosophy is called the MUME Model, which has the following meanings: M =Management means managing the use of technology for conservation and the management of human behavior through strict enforcement of international law, so that people live with moderation and fit in with nature, using natural benefits as necessary and preserving nature from deterioration. U = Understanding means the correct understanding that human life is related to nature and the environment, such as having a sense of wisdom, reason, understanding the truth, a holistic living in social life, nature and the environment, a relationship based on living together. M = Morality means to live with integrity and morality based on Buddhist philosophy, such as the five precepts, nonviolence, intellectuality, the Eightfold Path, etc. E = Eco-consciousness means having a sense of ecology and looking at human beings as part of the biological world system. All things have their own rights and value based on each other. New insights

M

E Climate change U M

M

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [110]

Recommendations Policy Recommendations 1. In amendments to climate change, we need to cooperate in order to solve problems at the individual, family, societal and national levels. Therefore, the state should formulate strategic long-and short-term plans and promulgate laws, rules and regulations for order in society in a continuous and more concrete manner. 2. The Ministry of Education should set up training courses for teachers and students to get to know and understand the challenges together, by cultivating consciousness and implementation, starting from the teaching business at the kindergarten level to the tertiary level. In order to create a good immune system for itself, by emphasizing the principles and public minds that are needed towards oneself and society. 3. All public and private media should disseminate clear knowledge to foster an understanding of nature and consumption so that the physical needs of human beings are satisfied with mindfulness and wisdom. 4. The Buddhist authorities should support this way of life and belief by allowing the monastic institutions to participate. By propagating these principles it provides an example of how to follow the way of life using the Middle Path and Theravada Buddhist beliefs. Suggestions for Future Research The researcher considers that extensive research on the following issues should be encouraged: 1. Analysis of authentic eco-centric views and Buddhist philosophy. 2. Analysis of the concepts that hold Anthropocentric views with deep ecology and sustainable development. 3. There should be education and analysis of Thai cultural concepts in sustainable development. 4. Analysis of environmental ethics, religions and environmental conservation.

References Albahari, M. 2006. Analytical Buddhism. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Andrew, E. 2012. Introduction to Modern Climate Change. New York: Cambridge University Press. Aquinas, T. 2003. Summa Theologica. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. Arne, N. 1973. “The Shallow and the Deep, Long-Rang Ecology Movement: A Summary.” Inquiry 16: 95-100. Arne, N. 1984. A Defense of the Deep Ecology Movement: Environmental Ethics. Utah: Gibbs Smith Publishing. Arne, N. 1993. Ecology, Community and Life Style. Outline of an Ecology. London: Cambridge University Press. Broome, J. 2012. Climate Matters: Ethics in a Warming World. New York: W.W.Norton & Company. Bumrungphak, S. and Kumpeerapanyo, P. 2018. Buddhist Principles for Ecological System.Retrieved from https://www.google.com/search?ei=C9ZSXZvTHIHwvgTgr5 agCw&q. Doak, D., Bakker, V., Goldstein, B., and Hale, B. 2015. What Is the Future of Conservation. Washington: Island Press. De Silva, L. 1992. The Hills wherein My Soul Delights. In Buddhism and Ecology. London: Martine Batchelor & Kerry brown. De Silva, P. 1998. Environmental Philosophy and Ethics in Buddhism. London: Macmillan Press.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [111]

Dessler, A. and Parson, E. 2007. The Science and Politics of Global Climate Change: A Guide to the Debate. 3rd ed. New York: Cambridge University Press. Devall B. and Session, G. 1985. Deep Ecology: Living as if Nature Mattered. Utah: Peregrine Smith Books. Ferkiss, V. 1993. Nature, Technology and Society. New York: New York University Press. Garvey, J. 2008. The Ethics of Climate Change. London: Mixed Sources. Gore, A. 2007. An Inconvenient Truth. 3rd ed. Bangkok: Matichon. Gustafson, J. 1993. “God, Nature and Human in the Western Religious Traditions.” In Man and Nature: A Cross- Culture Perspective. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University. Hoanh, C. (ed.). 2015. Climate Change and Agricultural Water Management in Developing Countries. Wallingford: CABI. Hoffman, A. and Sandelands, L. 2016. Getting Right with Nature. Organization & Environment. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1177/1086026605276197. Fulton, J. 2001. “Using Science to Advocate Action on Climate Change.” Ecosystem Health 5 (2):110-117. Kim, J. 2013. Colonialism, Han and the Transformative Spirit. New York: Springer. Kabilsingh, C.1990. Green Buddhism: Buddhist Ethical concern for Forest. (Manuscript of Lecture at USIS Conference 7-10 June 1990, Chiang Mai). Koslowski, P. 2001. Nature and Technology in the World Religions. Retrieved from http://www.bookmetrix.com/detail/book/4a444f08-99c3-4aa#citations. Lambert, S. 1991. Buddhism and Nature. Tokyo: The International Institute for Buddhist Studies. Leopold, A. 1996. The Land Ethics in a Sand Almanac County. New York: Ballantine Books. Lier, L. 2004. Critical Ecological Linguistics. Educational Linguistics. Retrieved from https://scholar.google.co.th/scholar?hl=en&as. Mccown, D., Reibel, D., and Micozzi, M. 2010. Teaching Mindfulness. New York: Springer. NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies. 2019. GISS Surface Temperature Analysis (v4). Retrieved from http://data.giss.nasa.gov/gistemp/graphs. Pardo, L., Campbell, M., Edwards, W., and Clements, G. 2018. Terrestrial Mammal Responses to Oil Palm dominated Landscapes in Colombia. Retrieved from: https://scholar.google.co.th/scholarhl=en&as. Passmore, J. 2015. Man’s Responsibility for Nature. London: Duckworth. Phradhammapitaka (P.A.Payutto). 1996. Dictionary of Buddhism. 10th ed. Bangkok: Sahadhammika. Pittock, A. 2009. Climate Change: The Science, Impacts and Solution. Melbourne: CSIRO Session, G. (ed.). 1995. Deep Ecology for the 21st Century. New Jersey: Shambhala. Strona, G. and Bradshaw, C. 2018. “Co-extinctions Annihilate Planetary Life during Extreme Environmental Change.” Scientific Reports 8: 16724. Suwan, C. 2018. Buddhist Perspectives on Sustainability: Towards Radical Transformation of Self and World. Doctor of Philosophy Dissertation, RMIT University. Tansuwansopon, A. 2017. Jaina Philosophy and Climate Change. Doctor of Philosophy Dissertation, Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya University. Tuchkorn, Y. and Sothip, M. 2018. “Ecological Conscience the Mekong River in novel.” Humanities & Social Sciences 35 (3). Vinod Kumar, T. M. 2020. Smart Environment for Smart Cities. Retrieved from https://link. Springer com/chapter/10.1007/. White, L. 2016. The Historical Roots of our Ecological Crisis. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [112]

Social Capital and Strengthening of Klong Arang Community, Sakeaw Province, Thailand

Sirikhwan Boontham Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 15 December 2018 Revised: 7 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research purposes to study social capital of Klong Arang Community, and the factors that help strengthening Ban Klong Arang, Moo 16, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang Sakeaw District, Sakeaw Province. It was conducted by using the qualitative research method which involves the collection of observation, in-depth interview from 15 informants who are related to Klong Arang Community, analyzing of the contents, and finally, synthesizing them to fulfill the objectives of the research. The result shows that Kong Arang Community comprise of the following kinds of social capital: 1) human capital, namely the headman of Ban Klong Arang, and the community committee, who are the important driving force in developing the community, 2) natural resources capital, namely natural forest and the community’s forest, 3) knowledge and cultural capital, namely knowledge on herbal medication, and important traditions and 4) institutional capital, namely the groups that are important to the community. The factors that cause the community to have strength are: (1) the community leaders being strong and knowledgeable, (2) the people in the community having the kinship-like relationship, respecting and caring for one another, (3) people in the community participating with the community, (4) management of the community in a compromising way, and giving opportunities to the people in the community to participate with the community, and (5) imposing rules for co-living within the community. These factors are important in making social capital valuable to the community, as well as able to strengthen Klong Arang Community. Keywords: Social Capital, Strengthen Community, Klong Arang Community

Introduction Social capital is the relationship among persons, based upon trust towards one another. It includes reciprocal support, caring for one another, unity towards one another, and such relationship must conform with the ethics and the good moral endorsed by the society. It creates the relationship system which binds through the form of kinship. Within the community, they share the same beliefs and cultures inherited from the past and conveyed through family and community members. This creates knowledge exchange as well as reciprocal dependency among the people within the community. It is considered a social mechanism formed by the relationship between a person to another, a person to the nature, a person to beliefs (Romrattanapan, 2005: 73). In the development of Thailand in the past, the country’s development policies were employed in accordance with the National Economic and Social Development Plan. The development of the economy was emphasized. This causes Thailand to have higher development in material aspect. But the Thai society turns out to be affected, and many problems arose. The good culture, way of life, and the simplicity of the Thai society began to

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [113] change along with the decadence of the natural resources and the insecurity of the family, community, and society. The development that challenges the survival of the economy and the social security of Thailand in the future is the human resources development. This means to develop the quality and the capability of Thai people to create creativity, which will enhance the potentials of the community, the society, and ultimately, the nation (Chantrakat, 2000). Under such circumstance, the concept that is being more popular is the concept of social capital. After Thailand Economic Crisis of 1997, the government has created projects for social investment which received support from academics and loans from the Work Bank to tackle the economic crisis and to strengthen communities, while upholding the development principle that focused on social capital as an important factor of developing and strengthening the community (Suksridakul, 2009: 1). However, strengthening of the community, governing of the society by basing upon helping and caring for one another, and developing the community in parallel and as a whole, including economic, social, cultural, governing, and environmental resources aspects will all be related. It will create sustainable and firm development. These things require social capital which exists in each community. This social capital is the force that will drive all the communities to be able to add more value and social capital to their own community, to be able to catch up on the problems, and to be able to handle problem better. Eventually, they will become self-reliable in the long run. According to its importance described above, this research, therefore, studied on social capital that exists in the community by studying within the area of Klong Arang Community, Moo 16, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang Sakeaw District, Sakeaw Province. It is the community whose leaders are strong and enthusiastic in making their own community self- reliable, having well organized management, as well as having participation from the people in the community. As a result, it was recognized and admired as a sufficiency economy, happy, and excellent village in the provincial level of Sakeaw Province. This community also hosts various Community Working Groups who make constant study trip to it to inspect the development of the community. For this reason, the researcher was interested in studying about Klong Arang Community, Moo 16, in the subject of social capital of the community, in order to learn about all aspects of the social capital which lies in the community about how it affects strengthening of the community, as well as to study the factors that support and obstruct social capital within the strengthened community which shaped Klong Arang Community to become the learning center that opens for other communities to learn from, and becoming well known as of today.

Research Objectives This research has the following objectives: 1) to study the social capital of Klong Arang Community, Moo 16, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang Sakeaw District, Sakeaw Province, 2) to study the factors that supports and obstructs the social capital that help strengthening Klong Arang Community, Moo 16, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang Sakeaw District, Sakeaw Province.

Research Method This is mainly a quantitative research, both in the process and the method under the in-depth interview with 15 key informants comprising of 1) the community leaders, namely the village headman, and the community committee of 5 2) the community members of 7, and 3) officials and academics of 3 who have worked related to the area. The researcher has analyzed the information while collecting data in accordance with the qualitative research method. The data are collected from in-depth interview, unofficial

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [114] interview, participant observation, and analyzing of the content to connect and conform with the context of the community, along with the collection of related thoughts, theories, and findings by reviewing literatures to get the findings that match with the objectives. It has the following topics of study: 1) natural resources capital 2) human capital, 3) knowledge and cultural capital, and 4) institutional capital.

Results According to the data collected from the in-depth interview with 15 key-informants who are related to Klong Arang Community, Moo 16, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang Sakeaw District, Sakeaw Province, on social capital of Klong Arang Community and the factors that support and obstruct the strengthening of Klong Arang Community, the findings are detailed as follows: The context of Klong Arang Community Kong Arang Community, Moo 16, is a community that was recently established in 2005 by separating itself from the village of Saeng Chan, Moo 13, Ban Gang Sub-district, Muang District, Prachin Buri Province. It comprises of 151 household, 253 male citizen, and 266 female citizen (Village Development Plan of 2017-2019). Ban Klong Arang is also divided into 2 areas, namely, Klong Arang area, and Na Lom area. According to the history of settlement of the community, the area used to be jungle area and located in Prachin Buri Province. Later, it was re-demarcated which resulted in the area being part of Sakeaw Province. The people in the area are much more familiar and closely connected with Ban Na Sub-district, Kabin Buri District, Prachin Buri Province. The community is located near a forest park. According to the folklore of Klong Arang, there used to exist yellow flame trees (“Arang” tree) on the canal sides which later become the name of the community. Today, there are people living here because of the deforestation which gave them the farmlands. The community, therefore, is closely connected to the forest. Most people in the community are farmers. People in the community always cooperate in all activities. They set up occupation group to create side-line jobs for themselves. Kong Arang Community is a well-organized community that supports participation of its people. It is recognized and admired as a sufficiency economy, happy, and excellent village in the provincial level of Sakeaw Province. Social capital in Klong Arang Community The researcher has studied the social capital of Klong Arang Community, the findings are as follows: (1) Human capital: Human capital is considered a valuable and important kind of social capital which causes the community development. Having human capital as a social capital in a community will help such community to have efficient, firm, and sustainable development. The people in Klong Arang Community live in harmony as brothers and sisters. They have the kinship-like relationship. Their community leaders are, namely, Mr. Pattana Prompao, the village headman who was selected by the people in the community, and the community committee whose role is to carry out the community development activities. These people have leadership. They have knowledge, capability, and strong will to develop the community, as well as the public-service minds. The community committee is the important driving force in developing of the community. They made Klong Arang Community to be recognized. This resulted in having the government and private agencies’ constant support on the participation of the community’s activities. (2) Natural resources capital: Natural resources capital is the kind of capital that the community has made use of from all the resources that exist in the community. Kong Arang Community has forest resources, namely, the natural forest, and the community’s forest. Most of the people in the community have benefited from the natural forest in collecting

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [115] herbs, and benefited from the community’s forest in the farmlands allocation which is used in growing herbs, vegetable, and as the public water source of the community. (3) Knowledge and cultural capital: Ban Klong Arang Community has the knowledge and the culture that valued beliefs and the local tradition, namely, knowledge on herbal medication. The important tradition is the Hae Prasat Peung (the wax-crafted castle parade) and the Boon Klang Baan ceremony which are the heart and mind of the people in the community, and helps creating unity through such important traditional activities of the community. (4) Institutional capital: The people in community who share faith, trust, and common conscious mind, they aim for the same thing, which is to develop the society and the community to be strong. This is the process of forming social groups and institutions that are powerful networks in driving the community development. It brings efficiency and power for them to help one another or to make benefit for the community. These groups/institutional/organizational capitals in Klong Arang Community are the integration of relatives and close neighbors in order to help one another and earn benefit from such integration. There are 4 prominent groups, namely, occupational group, efficiency economy group, home-stay business group, and youth group. Factors that support the social capital of Klong Arang Community The research found that the factors that support the social capital of Klong Arang Community are as follows: (1) The community leaders are strong and have high level of leadership: The leaders of Klong Arang Community, namely, the headman of the village, the assistant headman, and the community committee, have high level of leadership. Especially, the headman, Mr.Pattana Prompao, is acceptable and reliable to the villagers. This results in good cooperation and participation of the people, as can be seen from the cooperation from children network group, senior citizen group, and the villagers, in doing all activities, creating activities that develop the community, and making the community strong and well known. As a result, they receive government and private agencies’ constant support on the participation of the community’s activities. (2) The people in the community have kinship-like relationship: The people in Klong Arang Community have high level of trust towards one another. They have kinship-like relationship. They also have high level of public responsibility. They make use of public areas such as community’s forest and public water pool for agriculture. They respect, care for, and kind to one another. There is no dispute or disagreement in the community. (3) Participation of the people in the community: The people in the community participate with the community. They take part in thinking, planning, and implementing all activities of the community in all process. They also have high level of public responsibility. (4) The community management process: Klong Arang Community has compromising way of management. Participation is open to the people in the community. They also have meetings in order to allocate works and activities according to each person’s skill. Whenever some of the members go for training, they will also share the knowledge received to the others afterward, via their community meetings or the community’s voice announcement. (5) Imposing of the rules on co-living of the community, both in written document called the Community’s Health Charter, and non-written in the village’s monthly meeting, or any other activity’s meeting. The findings of the social capital’s obstacles The findings of the social capital’s obstacles are as follows: (1) Lack of successors of the community’s leader after the headman Pattana Prompao. This may lead to disputes, community’s internal political problem, and division among the people. (2) Government agencies’ projects and activities which are introduced into Klong Arang Community are temporary in nature. They have no continuity and sustainability.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [116]

Conclusion The findings of the research on social capital and the strengthening of Klong Arang Community has found that, social capital is highly important to strengthening of the community. Social capital exists in every community, but it depends that whether or not a community will see the value of its social capital and make use of it in developing the community towards sustainable strength and self-reliance. Klong Arang Community has made use of its social capital to develop itself for better living, unity, becoming the role model community, and being recognized in Sakeaw Province and in other provinces. The kinds of social capital of Klong Arang Community that causes the community to have strength are as follows: 1. Human capital. A strong community usually has persons who are potential and capable of taking care of, and manage the community. They are the backbone of developing the community towards strength and security. Other than that, the people in the community are also enthusiastic, generous, and volunteer-minded for public works. This conforms with the findings of Chonlada Boonyoo (2013: 63) which found that a community having human capital including leaders who are volunteering-minded, knowledgeable, and responsible, and the people in the community who have affection towards their home community and unity, will help the community to be sustainably developed, and becoming a strong community. 2. Natural resources capital. When the people in the community get to make use of, or rely on the natural resources capital within the community, it makes the community binds with, love, and care for the natural resources of the community. It will also create the need to preserve and keep it for later use of the community. This conforms with Nawakan Tangtong (2011) which found that, the natural resources capital of the community consist of the abundance of soil, water, climate, and minerals, which is the basic factors that supports the living of the people in the community. 3. Knowledge and cultural capital. It is an important kind of capital which creates bonds, unity, and assistance between one another in the community. It is the co-creation of the people in the community. It strengthens the community. This conforms with the findings of Pisak Kalyanamitra (2018: 318) which found that, culture is what binds the people in the society with their own roots, and to cherish, to be proud to keep and preserve, to rehabilitate, and to add value, for the benefit of themselves, their family, community, and the country. 4. Institutional capital. It is the creation of community’s social relationship, forming of organizations and networks within the community, forming of occupational group, sufficiency economy group, home-stay business group, and youth group, to tackle problems within the community. It will strengthen the community. This conforms with the Ministry of Social Development and Human Security (2014: 3-4) which says that, the institutional capital is an integration of groups of people as an organization full of faith, trust, common conscious mind, and common will, to develop and strengthen the community. It is forming social groups and institutions as powerful networks to drive the community development. This solidarity creates the capability and the power in helping one another or making benefit for the community together. Regarding the factors that support strengthening Klong Arang Community, it is found that Klong Arang Community has strong, knowledgeable, and capable leaders. The people in the community trust, believe in, and cooperate with them in doing community’s activities. The people in the community take parts in the community’s activities. The people have volunteering-mind and enthusiastic in developing the community and the livings, and the community management. This conforms with the thoughts of Kanchanit Woranaipinit (2011: 8) which defines the strength of the community as an integration within the community by learning together to cause changes and development within the community. It is also being able to decide to tackle the problems and manage the development with the power of the

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [117] people in the community. This requires effective management of the social capital that exists in the community, as well as the participation of the people in the community in the implementation process, including the supports of one another, sustainable self-reliance, and reliance on one another within the community. This also conforms with the thoughts of Pravet Wasee (1998: 26) that defines the term social capital that, having solidarity, good education, culture, honesty, public responsibility, work efficiency, and good politics and civil service system, are the foundation of good economy. Social capital has close meaning to the term strong society. Social capital is greatly important and should be nourished and strengthen. It is the foundation of good economy, politics, and moral. When the society is strong, social capital will also be the foundation of other developments.

Suggestions 1. Guideline suggestions for the use of social capital to create strength for the community are as follows: 1) The people in the community must recognize and understand the value of social capital that exist within the community, and make use of the social capital to create benefit for the community. There are many aspects of social capital that lies in community and society. Everyone in the community must be aware of the value of the social capital in all aspects, whether human capital, natural resources capital, knowledge and cultural capital, and institutional capital. 2) The community must maintain social capital within its community by arranging activities that has variety and continuity. This will create connectivity, support, trust, bonds, and strength of social network, because it will be the tool to facilitate successful teamwork of the people in the society. 3) The community should provide a platform for brainstorming and knowledge exchange, so its members have chances to meet up and discuss, as well as to elect or decide what the community can do best. This is to focus on developing certain thing, instead of carrying out every activities introduced to the community. 2. Suggestion for problem tackling 1) The continuity of leadership and the leaders’ succession may lead to disputes, internal politics, and division within the community. On the youth’s side, it has good succession. But for the village leader, the headman, there still exist concerned problems. The current solution is giving chances to everyone to present his ability, express opinions, show leadership, monitor one another, and look for new generation leaders, as well as help creating leaders by using the respectable headman as the role model. 2) The government agencies’ project activities that are introduced to Klong Arang Community are temporary in nature. They do not have continuity and sustainability. This can be solved by coordinating with the network groups or organizations that have good relationship with the community, who are ready to assist the community by being advisors regarding implementation of activities that the community is interested and can do the best, as well as to develop such activities to become prominent and become the community’s specialization. Suggestion for research To make this beneficial to the next research, the researcher would like to suggest the following interesting subjects: 1. Study on the management of social capital of the communities that are facing the dynamic of social changes. 2. The awareness of social capital within Kong Arang Community.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [118]

References Boonyoo, C. 2013, Social capital with preservative tourism management, The case study of Ban Koh Pitak, Bang Nam Jued Sub-district, Lang Suan District, Chumphon Province. Master’s Degree Thesis, Silpakorn University. Chantrakat, A. 2000, The social capital that affects the strength of the community. Master’s Degree Thesis, Chiang Mai University. Kalyanamitra, P. 2018. "The Development of Social Capital in Pathum Thani Province towards Sustainable Development Based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy." PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research 7 (1): 314-320. Romrattanapan, W. 2005, Social capital. Bangkok: The project on the promotion of leaning for happy community. Suksridakul, S. 2009, The survey on social capital level of persons in the country side of Thailand: The case study of Ban La Wa, Moo 7, Wat Plaeng Sub-district, Wat Plaeng District, Ratcha Buri Province. Master’s Degree Thesis, Silpakorn University. Tangtong, N. 2011, Social capital and community management. The case study of Muang Mai Sub-district, Amphawa District, Samut Songkram Province, Master’s Degree Thesis, Ramkhamhaeng University. Wasee, P. 2001, The national strategy for economy, social, and moral strength. Bangkok: Folk doctor. Woranaipinit, K. 2011, Social capital and strengthening of the Thai Song Dam community: The case study of Ban Nong Moo, Sapattana Sub-district, Kampang Saen District, Nakhon Patom Province. Master’s Degree Thesis, National Institute of Development Administration.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [119]

The Comparing of Promoting Factor for Co-existence between Thais and Migrant Workers: A Case Study Pathum Thani Province, Thailand

Rattachart Thatsanai Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 15 December 2018 Revised: 20 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract This research aimed at finding the comparing of promoting factors for co-existence between Thais and migrant worker in Pathum Thani Province Thailand. Data was collected from a group of Thais and migrant worker who living in Pathum Thani Province 400 people in each group. The research instrument was a rating-scale questionnaire. For data analysis, descriptive statistics included frequency, mean, percentage and standard deviation were applied for hypothesis testing, t-test statistic and one-way ANOVA also applied for this research. The findings revealed that most Thais monthly income not exceeding 15,000 bath (455 US$) and living in Pathum Thani more than twenty years. Migrant workers came from Myanmar, Cambodia and Laos mostly was Myanmar. Most of migrant worker monthly income not exceeding 9,000 bath (273 US$) and most of them living in Pathum Thani not over 4 years. Most of both groups are female. There were ten promoting factors for co- existence between Thai and Migrant worker which all of them was at the high level. The first three factors which had highest scores from Thais were 1) Religious factor 2) Behavioral and Adaptive factors 3) Social and Cultural dependence factors, and from Migrant worker were 1) language and communication factors 2) law and security factors 3) religion factors. From the hypothesis testing, it was found that there were statistically significance at 0.05 level between samples with respect to nationality, age, income, occupation and duration of residing in Pathum Thani on the opinions regarding promoting factors for co-existence between Thais and Migrant worker. Keywords: Coexistence, Thais, Migrant worker, Pathum Thani

Background and significance of the problem Thailand has many migrant workers come to work and live in. That causes many problems, although Thai people in the community can benefit, such as rent or purchase goods and services from the Thai shop as well as learning and interacting, but it is just a superficial interaction. In addition, in communities or residences of Thais with migrants who live in nearby areas, Thais will have a fear or unsafe life and property. (Asian Institute of of Technology Research Institute for Thailand Development, 2003), in line with the concept and reproduction a paranoid image of migrant workers within Thai society which think migrant workers are dangerous while migrants themselves have to hide and be afraid of being arrested. These conditions were created as an illusion that pushed the Thai society to paranoid migrant workers (Mongkolmongkol, 2007). Fear and paranoidness among Thais or migrant worker cause both of them to be afraid to interact with each other. The important question is how can one maintain a status of friendship and peace when they are paranoid without mutual

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [120] trust? In addition, the researcher considers that cultural misunderstand, Thai laws and regulations and the unability to communicate with each other cause panic and unmutual trust leas to stress and pressure on both parties. From this situation, the risk of violence is always at risk especially in communities with large numbers of migrant workers in Thailand. Pathum Thani is a Province near by Bangkok in the north side, there is fast-growing economy Province. As a rural society, it has become a city and changes its production from agriculture to industrial production. In 2014, it has a total of 3,104 factories (Office of Pathum thani Provincial, 2013) and the large wholesale markets for agricultural products in the country and region. With these conditions, the economic drive mechanism of Pathum thani province need to rely on migrant workers. It is found that Pathum thani province has 125,626 registered migrant workers, the third largest in the country (Office of Migrant Workers Administration, The Ministry of Labor: 2015) while there are Thai population 1,074,058 people. (Pathum Thani Provincial Statistical Office: 2015). Therefore, it can be said that Pathum thani has more than 10% of migrant workers in the province however that not including latent population and illegal migrant workers. With so many migrant workers, that’s make both Thai and migrant workers have to interact with each other inevitably (Thatsanai, 2017). Therefore, learning to coexistence to each other is essential for Thais and migrant worker who living in Pathum Thani. From the above, the researcher is interested to study. Factors of promoting for co-existence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani Province. To build mutual understanding and to prevent problems that may arise from coexistence, which is likely to be a major problem in the future. Also, it provides guidelines for public and private sectors to set policies or programs regarding migrant workers in Thailand. Research Objectives: 1) To study the interactions and opinions for coexistence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani Thailand. 2) To study the factors that promote coexistence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani Thailand Classifieds by demographic characteristics. Hypothesis of Research: Thais and Migrant workers in Pathum Thani with different demographic characteristics have different opinions on factors that promote coexistence.

Literature Review Keohane and Nye (1998) discuss the concept of dependence that it refers to reciprocity sensitivity at least in a certain way, and the word "dependence" is also dependent on each other. Due to the necessity of the situation from inside and outside the country make each party need to seek mutual cooperation and assistance. Chinnawano (2014: 203) has added that interdependence becomes more complex, which leads to cooperation in many areas consisting of law and security, economics, social factors which are consistent with three pillars of ASEAN Community Collaboration known as, as a support for learning on ASEAN diversity (ASEAN Department, 2015). Neuliep (2006: 4) considered the concept of communication with multicultural people that communicating with people of different cultures is essential to building relationships with others that lead to different interests including a good society, internationalization and increasing trade volume, and reduction of the conflict by making everyone love each other in the better coexistence. Many academics proposed promoting factor for coexistence. Samovar (2001) and Kim (2001) focus on attitude and attitude and language and communication factors. Charles (2003) has proposed activities and interaction that are important for adaptation to living. Philp (1995) and Kim (2001) proposed behavior and socialization. Wiwatananukul (2005) presented the mass communication and religious factors that Both factor are important in the context of Thai society. This research aims to study the factors mentioned above. However, the above factors depend on the demographic characteristics and experience of the population in the study area.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [121]

Chalamwong (2005) studied the appropriate patterns of coexistence among Thais and their families of migrant workers in Samut Sakhon, Thailand and found that migrant migrants with different demographic characteristics in age, educational level, profession, and experiences with Thai have different opinions on Thais.

Research Methodology Population and sample: There are 2 groups of population in this research. Thais population in Pathum Thani is 1,074,058 Thais. The sample size were 400 samples categorized according to proportion of all districts of Thais population in Pathum thani province. The Migrant worker population in this study is 125,626 migrant workers in total who live in Pathum Thani. The sample size were 400 samples and used accidental sampling in data collection for both groups. Tools used in Research: This study is quantitative research. The tools used in the study were questionnaires in Burmese language (for Myanmar migrant), Cambodian language and Thai language for Thais and Laos (Mostly of Laos can use Thai language) for samples group. The questionnaire is divided into four parts as follows: Part 1 questions about demographic factors, part 2 the interactions and opinions on coexistence, part 3 the promoting factors for coexistence between Thais and migrant workers (5 rating scale) and part 4 open-ended suggestion Data analysis: Frequency, percentage, mean and standard deviation were used for descriptive statistics while T-test and analysis of variance were used for testing the hypothesis. In case of comparing difference mean.

Research Results The results can be described as follows: 1. On demographic factors of Thai group. 51.3 percent of them were female with 43 percent of their education were high school or Vocational certificate. 42 percent of the respondents were between 31-45 years of age. There were 43.5 percent in general job and freelance, On income per month, 55.80 percent of the respondent earned not over 15,000 baht/month(455 US$). In terms of length of stay, it was found that 32 percent live in Pathum Thani 20 years upper. (Table 1), On demographic factors of migrant worker group. the result was found that over half of the respondents were female (53.8 percent) with 56.5 percent of them were Myanmar, 28.8 percent were Cambodian and 14.8 percent were Lao. 67 percent of the respondents were not over 30 years of age. On income per month, 50.75 percent of the respondent earned not over 9,000 baht/month (273 US$). In terms of length of stay, it was found that 67.75 percent live in Pathum Thani during 0 to over 4 years. (Table 2) 2. The interactions and opinions for coexistence, 51.5 percent Thais and 71.8 percent migrant workers of respondent had known or intimated with migrant workers or Thais, 68.3 percent Thais and 66 percent migrant worker thought that they should interact to each other to create learning and reduce their paranoid. Regarding on the interaction to each other, 51.5 percent Thais and 48.5 percent migrant workers rarely interactions to each other. 58.3 percent Thais and 54.5 percent migrant workers perceived that language of communication was a major problem and barrier to interactions between both groups. More than half of respondents agree that activities that promote good interactions between migrant workers and Thais were religious activities and charitable activities (Thais 29% and 22%, migrant worker 37.5% and 19%, respectively). 41 percent and 35.8 percent of migrant worker used Thai language and body language as a method of communication and interaction to each other while Thais were 45.5 percent for both methods. On learning Thai language, 84.3 percent of migrant workers were interested respectively (Table 3).

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [122]

Table 1 number and percentage of Thais in Pathum Thani by demographic factorss: gender, education, age, occupation, income, duration of residence in Pathum Thani

Demographic Factors of Respondent in Pathum Thani Province Number Percent Female 205 51.3 High school or Vocational certificate 172 43 Age between 31-45 years 168 42 general job and freelance 174 43.5 Monthly income not exceeding 15,000 bath (455 $) 223 55.8 Duration of residence in Pathum Thani: 20 years up 128 32

Table 2 number and percentage of migrant workers in Pathum Thani by demographic factors: gender, nationality, age, income, duration of residence in Pathum Thani

Demographic Factors of Respondent in Pathum Thani Province Number Percent Female 215 53.8 Myanmar nationality 226 56.5 Age not over 30 years 268 67 Monthly income not exceeding 9,000 baht (230 €) 203 50.75 Duration of residence in Pathum Thani: 0-4 years 251 62.75

Table 3 number and percentage of interactions and opinions on the coexistence Interactions and Opinions on the coexistence Percent of Percent of Thais Mirant workers -There are Thai people known or intimate - 71.8 -No known or intimate migrant workers. 71.8 - -Interaction to each other should be encouraged to 68.3 66.0 create learning and reduce paranoidness -Rarely interaction form both side 51.5 48.5 -Language in communication is a barrier and a 58.3 54.5 problem in the interaction between both side. -Participation in religious/charitable activities are a 29/22 37.5/19 good interaction in promoting coexistence. -Thai language /body language as a method of 45.5/45.5 41/35.8 communication and interaction to each other. -They are interested in learning Thai at the level of - 84.3 interest and interest together.

3. There were high level of opinions of Thais and migrant worker on promoting factors of coexistence. 3.63 total mean score for Thais opinions and 3.71 to total mean score for migrant worker opinions. The five highest mean score factors of Thais were 1) religious factor at 3.75 2) Behavioral and Adaptive factors at 3.74 3) Social and Cultural dependence factors at 3.70 4) Legal and Security dependence Factors at 3.69 5) ASEAN Community factor and Attitude factor are same at 3.68, Form migrant worker were language and communication factor at 3.84, legal and security interdependence factor at 3.78, religious factor at 3.74, economic interdependence factor at 3.73 and ASEAN Community at 3.70 (Table 4)

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [123]

Table 4 Mean and Standard Deviation of factors promoting the co-existence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani Thailand The promoting factors for co-existence Thais Migrant worker Meaning between Thais and Migrant workers in Pathum Thani Thailand Mean SD Mean SD Language and Communication factors. 3.57 0.95 3.84 0.89 Very agree Legal and Security dependence factors. 3.69 0.90 3.78 0.92 Very agree Religious factor. 3.75 0.91 3.74 1.02 Very agree Economic dependence factor. 3.56 0.92 3.73 0.97 Very agree ASEAN Community factor. 3.68 0.85 3.7 0.95 Very agree Activities and interaction factor. 3.41 0.97 3.68 1 Very agree Behavioral and Adaptive factors. 3.74 1.15 3.67 0.92 Very agree Social and Cultural dependence factors. 3.70 0.86 3.67 0.96 Very agree Mass Communication factors. 3.54 0.88 3.66 0.99 Very agree Attitude factor. 3.68 0.86 3.65 0.99 Very agree Total 3.63 0.92 3.71 0.96 Very agree

4. There were different opinions in mean between demographic factor of Thais and coexistence factor as follows: 1) Education and Activities and Interaction factors (p =0.031) 2) Age and Social and Cultural dependence factors (p = 0.02) 3) Occupation and Social and Cultural dependence factors, Religious factor (p = 0.017, 0.019) 4) Income and Language and Communication factors, Activities and Interaction factors (p = 0.002, 0.009 ) and 5 ) Duration of living in Pathum Thani and Language and Communication factors (p = 0.01) (Table 4)

Table 4 Results of the Hypothesis Testing between Demographic Factors of Thais and Promoting Factors for co-existence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani (Based on P-Value)

The promoting factors for coexistence t-test F-test between Thai and Migrant Workers in Gender Education Age Occupation Income Duration Pathum Thani Thailand of Residence in Pathum Thani Language and Communication factors. 0.12 0.17 0.90 0.051 0.002* 0.001* Activities and Interaction factors. 0.47 0.031* 0.59 0.06 0.009* 0.665 Attitude factor. 0.30 0.23 0.64 0.09 0.056 0.693 Behavioral and Adaptive factors. 0.86 0.15 0.68 0.359 0.49 0.945 Social and Cultural dependence factors. 0.43 0.06 0.02* 0.017* 0.27 0.051 ASEAN Community factor. 0.39 0.54 0.12 0.51 0.63 0.99 Mass Communication factor. 0.88 0.67 0.12 0.61 0.54 0.64 Religious factor. 0.76 0.26 0.83 0.019* 0.32 0.51 Note: * There was statistical significance at the 0.05 level.

5. There were different opinions in mean between demographic factor and coexistence factor as follows: 1) Nationality and attitude, social-cultural interdependence, Mass communication factor and religious factor (p = 0.02, 0.005, 0.007, 0.002, respectively) 2) Age and language and communication factors (p = 0.002) 3) Income and Attitude factor, ASEAN Community

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [124] factor (p = 0.047, 0.016, respectively) and 4 ) Duration of living in Pathum Thani and activities and Interactions factors, religious factor (p = 0.031, 0.009) (Table 5)

Table 5 Results of the Hypothesis Testing between Demographic Factors of Migrant Workers and Promoting Factors for co-existence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani (Based on P-Value)

The promoting factors for coexistence t-test F-test between Thai and Migrant Workers in Gender Nationality Age Income Duration Pathum Thani Thailand of Residence in Pathum Thani Language and Communication factors. 0.877 0.78 0.002* 0.051 0.063 Activities and Interaction factors. 0.287 0.59 0.091 0.107 0.031* Attitude factor. 0.191 0.002* 0.063 0.047* 0.533 Behavioral and Adaptive factors. 0.721 N/A 0.080 0.314 0.223 Social and Cultural dependence factors. 0.602 0.005* 0.602 0.136 0.824 ASEAN Community factor. 0.746 0.075 0.122 0.016* 0.541 Mass Communication factor. 0.558 0.007* 0.489 0.051 0.179 Religious factor. 0.490 0.002* 0.279 0.416 0.009* Note: * There was statistical significance at the 0.05 level, N / A variance was not equal.

Discussions and Conclusion The study found that migrant workers in Pathum Thani Province had known Thais or intimate to them more than Thais known and intimate with migrant workers, moreover the both of them had interactions and communication infrequent. Migrant workers focus using Thai language in communication rather than using body language such as smile or hand language while Thais use it equally. The both groups see language as a major obstacle in their interaction. However, most Thais and migrant workers agree that they should Interpersonal interaction to create learning and reduce paranoia between each other. Religious activities such as going to temple together, merit making and public activities, such as jointly cleaning the painted community, were activities that promote good interaction between migrant workers and Thais. In addition, most migrant workers were interested in learning Thai language. For factors that promote the coexistence between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani, all factors were at a high level. It was found that migrant workers pay more attention to linguistic and communication factors. This was consistent with the results of the questionnaire that language was a major barrier to interaction with Thais. That why migrant workers are interested to learning Thai language. The next key factor was legal and security factors. The third factor that promotes coexistence with the Thais was the religious factor. While Thais focus to Religious factor first then was behavioral and adaptive factors and third was Social and Cultural dependence factors. However it was found three factors form first five factors of the same opinions of both group, that were Religious factor, legal and security factors and factor form ASEAN community. On the Religious factor, it was found most of Thais and migrant workers were Buddhist. Migrant workers from Myanmar, Laos, and Cambodia have high Buddhist beliefs, especially Myanmar migrant workers, which were the largest worker group. Religion was an important tool for reducing differences and increasing opportunities for the interactions. On the legal and security factors can be said that the regulations governing the oversight of migrant workers, as well as those of Thailand, were inadequate for economic growth and labor demand, moreover many of migrant workers lack of knowledge and understanding about Thai laws and regulations. The last is ASEAN

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [125]

Community factor, At present, the member of ASEAN Community Promote and educate people in learning to live together on cultural differences. As can be seen from the slogan of ASEAN, one vision one identity one community, That corresponds to a study of John W. Berry and Young Yun Kim, cited in Wiwatananukul (2005), found that in order to encourage the coexistence of the common good in society, different culture communication was an important starting point, and Neulip (2006) who said that communicating with people of different cultures was essential to building relationships with others that lead to different interests and reduce the conflict by making everyone love each other. The hypothesis testing was found that Thais who have different education, age, income, occupation, and duration of residence in Pathum Thani, had different opinions on factors that promote coexistence, and it was found migrant workers who have different nationality, age, income, and length of residence in Pathum Thani, had different opinions on factors that promote coexistence between Thais and migrant workers.

Suggestion Suggestions to use research results. Government agencies in related provinces especially local organizations with large numbers of migrant workers in Pathum Thani Province should be the main responsible for activities, as Livianna (2009) studied urban management in Canada and managed migration from around the world which was found that urban management organizations should adopt the appropriate basic rules to accommodate the differences by making diverse form of local management that can accommodate cultural differences. In addition, it is important to understand government officials who are involved with migrant workers. Relevant government agencies, as well as higher education institutions in Pathum Thani Province, should promote Thai language learning and communication to migrant workers. At the same time, it should encourage Thai youth, state authorities and Thais in Pathum Thani to learn the language of migrant workers. However, migrant workers nationality, level of Thais education and age of Thais and migrant workers, who participate in the activity with monthly income and the duration of living should be taken into account. Brett (2006) discusses the acceptance of cultural diversity that adaptation of the different cultures, acceptance of open space, indirect communication and beaming will help in managing the diversity of people when they come to work or live nearby. Frequency of interaction between Thais and migrant workers in Pathum Thani was low. The researcher suggests that the frequency of interaction should be increased by organizing activities that are consistent with the findings, and more often, to achieve greater mutual recognition. Kim (2001) wrote that even the differences in language and culture exist, but if there are frequent communication, it will be more understanding.

References ASEAN Department, 2015. ASEAN Document. Retrieved from http://www.mfa.go.th/asean/th/other/2397. Asian Institute of Technology Research Institute for Thailand Development. 2003. The study of the social impact of migrant worker. Bangkok: Institute for Population and Social Research, Mahidol University. Brett, K. 2006. Managing multicultural teams. Massachusetts: Harvard Business Review. Chalamwong, Y. 2005. Research report. Study on finding suitable patterns of integration with migrant workers: A case study of Samut Sakhon Province. Bangkok: Secretariat of the Senate. Charles, H. 2003. Global Business. 2nd ed. New York: Mc Graw-Hill.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [126]

Chinnawano, C. 2014. World in the 21st Century. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University. Keohane, R. and Nye, J. 1998. Power and Interdependence in the Information Age. Retrieved from https://www.migrantaffairs.com/articles/1998-09-01/power-and- interdependence-information-age. Kim, Y. 2001. Becoming intercultural. Thousand Oaks: Sege. Livianna, T. 2009. Canadian Cities and Global Migration: Comparing Local Responses to Demographic Chang. Toronto: APSA. Mongkolmongkol, A. 2007. Report: Migrant Workers in Thai Society (1): Migration of Refugees. Retrieved from https://prachatai.com/journal/2007/10/14573. Neulip, J. 2006. Intercultural Communication: A Contextual Approach. 3rd ed. California: Sage. Office of Migrant Workers Administration Ministry of Labour. 2015. Information on the work of migrant workers. Bangkok: Ministry of Labor. Office of Pathum Thani Provincial. 2013. Pathum thanee Development Plan 2015 - 2018. Pathum Thani: Pathumthani Provincial Office. Pathum Thani Provincial Statistical Office. 2015. Population in the province of Tampere, year 2014. Pathum Thani: Pathum Thani Provincial Statistical Office. Philp, H. 1995. Managing Cultural Difference Global Leadership Strategies for the 21 Century. Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann. Samovar, L. 2001. Communication Between Cultures. 4th ed. California: Thomson Learning. Thatsanai, R. 2017. “The Promoting Factor for Co-existence with Thais: A Case Study of Migrant Workers in Pathum Thani, Thailand.” Asian Political Science Review 1 (2): 57-64. Wiwatananukul, M. 2005. Intercultural communication. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [127]

Educational Administration Strategy of Rajabhat University According to Criteria of ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance

Pisak Kalyanamitra Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Darunsak Tatiyalapa Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Jarunee Mumbansao Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Valaya Alongkorn Rajabhat University under the Royal Patronage, Thailand E-mail: [email protected]

Article History Received: 15 December 2018 Revised: 22 March 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract For this research, the researchers collected data by in-depth interviews with guidelines for determining the development of educational administration of Rajabhat University according to criteria of ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance (AUN-QA). By analyzing the importance of the problem and the relevant theoretical concepts, this research is divided into four phases: Phase 1: To survey data with university representatives, Phase 2: To summarize and analyze the results of subgroup meeting in brainstorming to develop educational administration of Rajabhat University according to ASEAN quality assurance criteria, Phase 3: To make the guidelines for the formulation of strategies from a public discussion forum to summarize lessons learned from research and listen to opinions from personnel working at Rajabhat University, and Phase 4: To conduct survey research with stakeholders to determine strategies which was based on the drafted guidelines in previous phase. Keywords: Management Strategy, Educational Administration, Rajabhat University, Educational Quality Assurance System, ASEAN University Network

Introduction Association of South East Asian Nations or ASEAN is an international organization in Southeast Asia under the cooperation of member countries for political co-operation, economic stability, society and culture. Member countries are driven to prepare for becoming the ASEAN community which sets the direction to develop the potential of the organization and personnel within the country to enter the competition on the international stage and have acceptable standards in the region. Thai education, especially in higher education has the role to be respondent with the needs of the labor market. To create quality graduates of Thailand with the knowledge and skills that meet the needs of the labor market in the ASEAN region (Ministry of Education, 2015: 3-5) is necessary and impossible to avoid.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [128]

Asean-University Network: AUNwas established in 1995 as a network that promotes and encourages cooperation in the management of higher education in ASEAN (Srinakharinwirot University, 2018: 2-7). In 1998 it continued to develop a quality assurance system that was accepted by higher education institutions in Asia, especially member educational institutions by designing guidelines and methods of quality assurance carried out by each member country expert working with the European Union. In the beginning, the educational quality assurance manual used the idea based from Europe and in 2010 a manual was created that has been adjusted to reflect the basic ideas and situations of ASEAN. Therefore, educational quality assurance is an important mechanism to support the quality of graduates by controlling, checking and evaluating the results of the university's operations according to the specified indicators. The assessment of quality assurance of educational institutions to ensure that educational institutions have produced graduates with quality graduates (Bureau of International Relations, 2012: 7-11) However, educational quality assurance is not conducted at the national level only but also in the ASEAN region. There are 2 types of quality assurance in ASEAN. ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance (AUNQA) and The ASEAN Quality Assurance Network (AQAN).There are 26 university members from 10 countries. The university was chosen from the name of the university that notified their intention to join as a member. The AUN notified its committee for approving the membership.(ASEAN University Network, 2011: 2-4). Rajabhat University is an educational institution that has a mission to teach providing academic and professional education, research, academic services to society, improving, transferring and developing technology and maintain arts and culture by teaching and learning. Therefore it must improve the quality of education and meet the standards set forth, especially the preparation of administrative and educational management that is consistent with the indicators of ASEAN quality assurance of education to enable graduates to be able to pursue careers in the ASEAN region. Preparation for entering the ASEAN community and teaching and learning according to the ASEAN quality assurance system (AUN-QA) is important by understanding the forms of quality assurance of ASEAN education (AUN-QA)) (Anuwong and Supasuteekul,2018: 11).This starts with defining the learning outcomes of the graduates and considering the encouragement of learning and let learners be able to develop oneself to achieve lifelong learning communication skills development with the use of information technology and learning for learning with thinking skills. Faculty members in the program come together to formulate strategies for teaching and learning that are varied according to the nature of the subjects that focus on the learners in order to create awareness. Learners are expected to be ready to learn and receive new knowledge on know how to connect old knowledge with new knowledge to apply and how to solve problems, learn from real experiences by the instructors, create a flexible teaching environment and practice lifelong learning in order to create a quality learning desire of learners (Quality Learning) (Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment (Public Organization), 2017: 3). For this rationale, the study of readiness in educational administration of Rajabhat University in entering the ASEAN community and improving education management according to ASEAN quality assurance system is aimed at searching for various supporting factors for readiness in educational administration, determination of educational management development strategies of Rajabhat University in teaching and learning according to the ASEAN quality assurance system (AUN-QA) as well as preparation for receiving evaluation of performance with the same curriculum, both nationally and internationally. Therefore, the implementation of quality assurance courses must be carried out continuously in order to improve the curriculum to be relevant. All of that is to assure that every course has links and benefits to lead to the expected results of quality graduates in the future.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [129]

Literature Review The researchers formulated a framework for conducting research by review of related concepts and literature. Concepts/Theories related to ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance: AUN-QA 1. The framework for the 15-year long-term higher education plan, No. 2 (2008-2022), designed with consideration of the importance of the integration dimension and the overall development of higher education to determine the strategic direction, can be divided into 2 parts. The first one is an analysis of environmental factors that affect Thailand. The second part is the management of higher education and factors within the higher education system. 2. The concept of educational quality assurance which showed that past education management or Thai education has a lot of quality problems for a long time. The expansion of higher education in quantity has many newly opened private universities, resulting in competition for students to meet the specified amount then resulting in lack of regard for the quality of educational management. As a result of this problem, the concept of educational reform was adopted by applying the concept of higher education quality assurance to be a guideline for educational quality assurance of higher education institutions based on academic freedom and independence in the operation of higher education institutions in order to promote and develop higher education institutions to carry out the main tasks efficiently and effectively. 3. On internal quality assurance system, the essence specified in The National Education Act of 1999 and the amendment (No. 2) BE 2545 is an internal quality assurance that is conducted by educational institutions together with the jurisdiction agencies that are responsible for supervision by considering the independence and academic excellence of degree schools. The Office of the Higher Education Commission therefore has a duty to coordinate with educational institutions to provide an internal quality assurance system and to promote and support public and private higher education institutions to continuously improve the quality and standards of education. 4. Guidelines for developing internal quality assurance systems and mechanisms that consists of the following factors: Quality assurance system for higher education institutions, Standard indicators and quality assessment criteria, Quality assurance mechanism and database and information systems. 5 On external education quality assurance system, the researchers reviewed National Education Act BE 2542 and amended (No. 2) BE 2545 Section 6 regarding standards and quality assurance of education and section 47 that stipulates to have an educational quality assurance system to develop quality and standards at all levels, including internal quality assurance systems and external quality assurance systems. For external quality assessment, the National Education Act BE 2542 requires the Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment. (Public Organization) (Assoc. Prof.) by requiring educational institutions to cooperate in preparing various documents of the educational institution as well as allowing those who are involved in the mission of the school. 6. On assessment of higher education quality, the Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment (MOE) will assess the quality of educational management of higher education institutions at the institutional level and group level by taking advantage of internal quality assurance. Mostly the assessment will relate to the follow up, inspect, evaluate, quality and supervise the implementation of certification of educational standards of higher education institutions, standards and achievement of graduates and management efficiency of educational institutions and promote support for internal quality assurance together with the agency to prepare for higher education institutions to receive external quality assessments. In this regard, such operations are aimed to develop quality and educational standards of higher education institutions.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [130]

7. Quality assessment process outside the tertiary level consists of three main steps: 1) Pre- examination procedures for higher education institutions which is an assessment plan for answering important external quality assessments, namely the Institute of Management Education, quality standards of the Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment, 2) Procedures between visits to higher education institutions, which is a case study in order to truly understand and access the standards and quality of higher education institutions; and 3) the post-examination process for higher education institutions which is the preparation of a complete report in the form of long articles in order to meet the assessment and can use the evaluation results to develop the quality and standards continuously. Each step has details in the operation to meet the assessment and can use the evaluation results to develop the quality and standards continuously. Each step has details in the operation. 8. The relationship between internal quality assessment and external quality assessment is aimed for the development of quality and standards of higher education institutions for better quality internal quality assurance which focuses on quality development and checking the quality and standard of input factors .The process is focused on evaluating the "cause". The external quality assessment will focus on the evaluation of "results" of the productivity and results of quality and educational standards in various fields. 9 AUN-QA's quality assurance system AUN-QA's quality assurance system consists of three dimensions. The vision, mission, and goals are determined to contribute to the satisfaction of stakeholders and the quality assurance of AUN-QA institutional quality assessment institutions (QA at Institutional Level) (Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment (Public Organization), 2013: 5). Concept/Theory related to ASEAN Community and social impact of ASEAN integration 1. Related Context to the ASEAN community: On 8 August 1967, with five founding members in Southeast Asia-Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines and Singapore-, "Bangkok Declaration" was established as a cooperative association to increase economic growth, social and cultural development in member countries and maintain peace and security in the area along with an opportunity to resolve disputes between peaceful member countries of the region of various countries. After that, Brunei Darussaram. Socialist Republic of Vietnam, Lao People's Democratic Republic, Myanmar, Cambodia respectively, became member and caused ASEAN to have 10 members (Department of ASEAN Affairs, 2012: 1-5). At present, there is a national integration in ten Asian countries to have mutual economic benefits with similar forms as Euro Zone group which will have various benefits and bargaining power with more partners so that the import of national exports in ASEAN will be free exclusion of certain products in each country that may request to not reduce import tariffs 2. ASEAN origin: When it was first founded in 1967, ASEAN has five members, namely Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines and Singapore with the purpose of establishing ASEAN under the Bangkok Declaration. Bangkok Declaration was consisted of (1) promoting cooperation and mutual assistance in the economy, society, culture, technology, science and administration (2) promoting peace and regional security and cultural development in the region (3) Strengthening economic prosperity, cultural development in the region (4) Encouraging people in ASEAN to have good living and quality of life (5) Helping each other in the form of training and research and promoting education in Southeast Asia (6) Increasing the efficiency of agriculture and trade expansion industries as well as improving transportation and transportation and (7) Strengthening ASEAN cooperation with countries in other regional cooperation organizations and international organizations. The ASEAN community consists of three pillars, namely the ASEAN Political and Security Community (Ministry of Foreign Affairs is the main coordinating unit), ASEAN Economic

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [131]

Community (Ministry of Commerce is the main coordinating unit) and the ASEAN social and cultural community (Ministry of Social Development and Human Security is the main coordinating unit) (Visalaporn, 2011: 2-5). 3. ASEAN Charter: At the 13th ASEAN Summit in Singapore ASEAN leaders had signed the ASEAN Charter which lays the legal framework and organizational structure. The ASEAN Charter aims to make ASEAN an effective organization .The ASEAN Charter consists of 13 chapters. There are new issues that illustrate the progress of ASEAN as follows: (1) The establishment of the ASEAN Intergovernmental Commission on Human Rights, (2) The granting of powers to the ASEAN Secretariat to monitor and report the actions of the Member States, (3) Establishing mechanisms for resolving disputes between member countries, (4) Decision-making without violating the obligations under the ASEAN Charter, (5) Opening the channel to use other methods to make decisions without consensus, (6) Promotion of consultation discussions between member countries to solve the problems that affect the mutual benefits which makes the interpretation of the principle of interfering in internal affairs more flexible,(7) Increasing the role of the ASEAN Chair to be able to respond to emergency situations in a timely manner, (8) opening up channels for ASEAN to be able to interact with the public sector more,and (9) improving the organizational structure to be more efficient(Department of ASEAN, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2012: 5) 4. Three pillars of ASEAN (1) ASEAN Political Security Community (APSC) has an important goal, which includes rules and common values and norms, unity, peace and strength and dynamic and interacting with outside the ASEAN region (2) The ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) has the goal of economic integration, including being a single market and production base for a population of 600 million to be equal in economic development and integration with the global economy by focusing on adjusting the economic policies of ASEAN with countries outside the region (3) The social and cultural community (ASEAN Socio-Cultural Community: ASCC) is aimed for ASEAN to be a people-centered community caring and sharing society t o join and promote ASEAN identity by focusing on operations in six branches, namely human development, protection and social welfare rights and social justice, environmental sustainability, ASEAN identity building and reducing the development gap(Department of ASEAN, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2012: 6) 5. The result of the integration into the ASEAN community towards Thailand: As a result of the integration of the ASEAN community towards Thailand, there are at least three points: 1) Political and security issues making that has rules and has developed more common values and norms have created rules and values which will help build understanding and trust between each other, eliminate political conflicts and reduce traditional security problems including helping to promote peace, stability and security in the region more effectively. (2) ASEAN economy is the most closest economic cooperation framework which, if able to cooperate, will be able to strengthen the bargaining power that will lead to the driving of economic trade. A paramount importance to the integration of the ASEAN Economic Community results in large regional markets. In addition, being an ASEAN Economic Community will help member countries become more solid and help build bargaining power in various platforms. (3) On social and cultural aspects, any action of the government must be more focused on the people in order to be in line with the goal of creating an ASEAN-centered community. Government needs to encourage people in ASEAN to know each other more with generosity and share in order to create a better understanding between each other, which will stimulate the increase of cooperation to narrow the gap in international development in the region

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [132] especially the potential of social policy in order to be effective in the region.(Department of ASEAN, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2012: 7-11) Related Research Chutiporn Chimphalee and Viroj Jesadakul (2016: 504-505) had studied the subject the readiness of educational management in the curriculum to enter the ASEAN community of Phetchaburi Rajabhat University. According to this study, it has been found that 1) Phetchaburi Rajabhat University has a policy to manage education and promote both academic information technology as a mechanism to drive the organization into the ASEAN community with 6 strategies, namely food and tourism excellence, produce graduates with quality and ready to work, research for spatial development, social responsibility, internationalization and developing the quality of management into a high-performance organization; 2) Phetchaburi Rajabhat University has the potential and readiness of the curriculum by the improvement to support the entry into the ASEAN community, in the development and production of quality graduates There are 5 desirable characteristics, including moral, ethical, intellectual skills. Skills, interpersonal relationships and responsibilities and numerical analysis skills Communication and use of information technology by allowing personnel to participate in the planning process, formulate policies and prepare courses including monitoring to achieve the objectives and 3) The environment for educational management is the lack of English language skills for both personnel and students. Graduates have relatively low knowledge and skills in foreign languages and technology. Higher competition in education and the number of students entering the school tends to decrease. Moral is decreased due to the awareness of information through modern technology to solving problems. To increase research potential that is integrated with teaching and learning and increase the language ability of personnel and students is a must. Sujitra Chubjai (2014: 269) studied the potential development of support personnel at Silpakorn University, Wang Tha Phra, to support the ASEAN community. According to this study, it was found that 1) Support personnel Silpakorn University, Wang ThaPhra had knowledge and understanding about the ASEAN Community with an average score at 0.55, standard deviation at .421, at a high level. 2) Support personnel at Silpakorn University, Wang ThaPra, had opinions that there were problems and obstacles in developing personnel potential to support the ASEAN community .The most effective way is to communicate in English with an average score at 4.36 standard deviations .984 at a high level and 3) Support personnel at Silpakorn University, Wang ThaPhra had the opinion regarding on the guidelines for human resource development to support the entry into the ASEAN community that the most suitable and highest level is the English language training used in the work, with an average score at 4.54 standard deviation at .724. Wilawan Samatsahatchai (2014: 153) had studied the subject guidelines for the development of personnel readiness in the Skill Development Institute Region 9, Phitsanulok to enter the ASEAN community. This study was found that the level of readiness of personnel of the skill development institute region 9 Phitsanulok to enter the ASEAN community in the overall level is low in the use of English and knowledge about the ASEAN community with the knowledge of using information technology at a moderate level. Guidelines for the development of personnel readiness was found that personnel should be encouraged to attend training, development, study, view work, assign work according to the department's policy of skill development in accordance with the entry into the ASEAN community and public relations on the issue of ASEAN within the agency.

Research Methodology The researchers used a qualitative research model to guide this research by studying, collecting, researching and analyzing documents (Documentary Analysis) related to the

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [133] guidelines for the development of educational management development strategies of Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN community according to the ASEAN quality assurance criteria (AUN-QA), problems and causes of problems in developing guidelines for the development of educational administration strategies of the university Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN Community in accordance with the quality assurance criteria of ASEAN (AUN-QA) and find ways to determine the educational management development strategy of Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN community to practice Rajabhat University. Quantitative research model was built to test the hypothesis and find a conclusion about the level of strategic development. The development of educational administration of Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN community according to ASEAN quality assurance criteria (AUN-QA) consists of various factors. The model is contained basic factor, organizational factors, modern management factors and supporting factors and the readiness of educational administration of Rajabhat University to enter the ASEAN community according to the ASEAN quality assurance system (AUN-QA). Research Tool Development Research tool was developed from the study of related concepts and theories, then created into questions in various fields and then brought to the experts to help verify the accuracy, straightness and overage of the content. Tool was improved and then try out and select the complete questionnaire to rank according to the criteria and then find the confidence value reliability) of the whole questionnaire using the alpha coefficient (-Coefficient) of Cronbach (1990; cited in Tayraukham, 2010: 93) Data Analysis Analysis of data was obtained from in-depth interviews, focus group meetings and public forums. The research team analyzed by using content descriptive analysis method by using the information obtained to classify to be compiled into topics according to the issues studied and written descriptive of prose to analyze and summarize further results. The analysis of data was done after collecting the questionnaire on the readiness of educational administration of Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN community according to ASEAN quality assurance criteria (AUN-QA) as well as organizational factors Modern management factors and supporting factors that have a rational relationship with the readiness of educational administration of Rajabhat University to enter the ASEAN community according to the quality assurance criteria of ASEAN . Descriptive statistics were employed to analyze. The mean score is based on the best interpretation of JW. (Best, 1981: 179) Conclusions of Conceptual Analysis Based on the study of theories about the educational administration strategy of Rajabhat University according to ASEAN quality assurance criteria, the researchers had established a framework for conducting research that is under review of related concepts and literature- concepts, theories related to the quality assurance criteria of the ASEAN Quality Assurance Network, readiness the ASEAN community and the social impact caused by the integration of the ASEAN community, organization and the theory of modern management theory which the researchers had set out as a framework for conducting research as follows

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [134]

Basic factors include budget, number of academic personnel / support lines Number of students Faculty / College and the The readiness in educational number of courses administration of Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN community in accordance with the quality assurance criteria of ASEAN (AUN-QA) in 3 dimensions: strategic, systematic and Organizational factors consisting of tactical. corporate culture Leadership, change in

management strategy and teamwork

Modern management factors consist of liability and public preference. Democratic principles of service mind, emphasizing people Professional management, organizational size reduction, performance- oriented management and budgeting

Interview to find the readiness of educational administration of Rajabhat University to enter the ASEAN community according to the quality assurance criteria

-Small group meeting To brainstorm ways to determine the educational management development strategy of Rajabhat Draft guidelines for determining educational University towards entering the ASEAN management development strategies of Rajabhat community According to ASEAN quality University towards entering the ASEAN assurance criteria (AUN-QA) communityAccording to the quality assurance -Public forum To summarize lessons learned system of ASEAN (AUN-QA) from research and listen to opinions

-Survey of stakeholders on educational administration of Rajabhat University By inquiring opinions on the draft guidelines for determining the educational Guidelines for formulating strategies for the management development strategy of the development of educational administration of university Rajabhat University towards Rajabhat University towards entering the ASEAN entering the ASEAN Community according community according to ASEAN quality assurance to ASEAN Quality Assurance (AUN-QA) criteria AUN-QA)

Figure 1 Conclusions of Conceptual Analysis

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [135]

Suggestions 1. There should be strategies and development guidelines that support the promotion of the dissemination and utilization of research and personnel development. Therefore, the strategy and development guidelines should be chosen to suit the university environment. 2. There should be the study on the state of problems, needs for utilization of research and development strategies by promoting the use of research to develop other educational institutions, such as vocational education institutions, tertiary level or educational institutions that offer other types or specialized education. 3. Participatory action research should be promoted to create a network of academic and practical networks of society with the aim of driving and guiding the society to realize the importance of the economy, society, culture, way of life and wisdom of Thai society and the ASEAN community.

Reference Anuwong, K. and Supasuteekul, A. 2018. AUN-QA Concept and Criteria at Programme Level. Bangkok: Srinakharinwirot University. ASEAN University Network. 2011. ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance. Bangkok: ASEAN University Network. Best, J. 1981. Research in Education. New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Chimpalee, J. and Jadesadalug, V. 2016. “Readiness in Educational Management of Curriculum for Entering ASEAN Community Obtained by PhetchaburiRajabhat University.” Veridian E Journal, Silpakorn University 9 (2): 504-505. Chubjai, S. 2014. The Potential Development of Supporting Staff of Silpakorn University ThaPhra Palace to Support the ASEAN Community. Master of Arts in Public policy and Management Thesis, Mahidol University. Cronbach, L. 1990. Essentials of Psychology Testing. New York: Harper Collins. Department of ASEAN Affairs, Ministry of Foreign Affairs. 2012. Toward ASEAN Community in 2015. Retrieved from http://www.mfa.go.th/asean/th/other/2361. Ministry of Education. 2015. ASEAN University network. Bangkok: Ministry of Education. Office of the Higher Commission. 2007. 15 Years Higher Development Plan (2008-2023). Retrieved from http://www.knit.or.th. Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment (Public Organization). 2017. ASEAN Quality Assurance Network: AQAN. Bangkok: Office for National Education Standards and Quality Samatsahatchai, W. 2014.Guidelines For The Development Of Personnel In Phitsanulok Institute For Skill Department Region 9 to ASEAN Community. Master of Arts in Development Strategy Thesis, Piboonsongkarm Rajabhat University. Srinakharinwirot University. 2018. ASEAN University Network Quality Assurance: UN- QA. Bangkok: Srinakharinwirot University. Tayraukham, S. 2010. Statistical Methods for Research. Mahasarakam: Department of Educational Research and Measurement, Faculty of Education, Mahasarakam University. Visalaporn, P. 2011. The role of education in building an ASEAN community 2015. Bangkok: Bureau of International Cooperation, Ministry of Education.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [136]

Measurement in Psycho-Behavioral Science Research

Shuttawwee Sitsira-at Faculty of Humanities, Srinakharinwirot University, Thailand Email: [email protected]

Article History Received: 21 June 2018 Revised: 29 April 2019 Published: 30 June 2019

Abstract Behavioral science studies human behaviors using scientific methods to solve problems for an individual to live happily and effectively. In doing research, regardless of the field of study, high quality measurement processes and tools are necessary for data collection which will lead to highly reliable results that are beneficial to human and society development. The measurement methods, conditions and samples must be appropriate and be of high quality. For a measurement to have a high standard and be acceptable, one must follow these four steps: planning, creating a measurement, conducting the measurement, presenting the results and improving. Creating a high-quality psycho-behavioral measurement is especially important to ensure reliable results that can be applied to further research. High quality and standard measurement will lead to accurate results that are useful for improving the quality of life and for classifying, selecting, developing and evaluating individuals. Finally, high quality and standard measurement lead to creating an accurate multilayered indicator in psycho- behavioral sciences. Keywords: Research Tools, Psycho-Behavioral Science, Measurement

Introduction Human has encountered problems in their life. Life will be smooth when the problems are thoroughly solved. Research is a scientific way to solve problems based on reliable methods. The search for answers to the human mind and behaviors requires knowledge and research skills in the field of behavioral sciences to solve problems and improve quality of life. The psycho-behavioral researchers therefore focus on the measurement tools and processes. Quality measurements will generate quality information leading to valid results that will be beneficial to human and society development. Psycho-behavioral research emphasizes the importance of developing measurement tools and processes by accurately designing the method of measuring variables according to the research principles with high standards. It is necessary for anyone who wants to acquire the answers to problems to have quality measurement tools and processes for classifying, selecting, evaluating and developing people (Bhanthumnavin, 2016). "Measurement" refers to processes that assign values, numbers or symbols to represent quantities for variables or features that need to be measured (Kerlinger & Lee, 2000). Researchers should not ignore doing thorough research on measurements (Reynolds, 2010; Soros, 2014) from creating the test, to testing, to adjusting the test, to rearranging the elements and to testing with other groups or repeating the experiments until the research results show good quality of the measurement. Behavioral and social science measurement tools measure behaviors or characteristics or opinions or attitude in response to sensory stimuli. This type of results may change when the situation or stimuli change. The error rate is higher than measurement in the field of physical sciences which mainly measure the physical characteristics such as weight, width and length of the material. The result of this

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [137] type is highly objective with very low rate of error. Measurement in the anthropological field is usually highly subjective since behaviors are more difficult to measure than materials. High quality measurements are definitely required (Wiratchai, 2008). Psycho-behavioral science research that studies new concepts or new variables still lack measuring tools to measure such variables. What the psycho-behavioral researchers need to do is to create a high standard and acceptable tool, for example a multi-level psychological measurement in the context of sufficiency economy philosophy (Bhanthumnavin, 2008), a multi-dimensional psychological measurement in reasoning (Meekun, 2008), a measurement of motivation in terms of general and specific achievement for Thai adolescents and its validity assessment (Vanindananda, 2014). These researches are designed to measure variables accurately according to the research principles that are of high standards. Therefore, they provide a quality measuring tool that can precisely classify, select, evaluate and develop people.

Importance of Psycho-Behavioral Science Measurements The research to having good measurement methods, conditions of measurement and appropriate samples, we also require quality measuring tools. In order to create a high standard and accepted tool, we need to follow the following four steps (Wiratchai, 2008).

4 Steps to Create High Standard Measurement

Step 1 Planning

Step 2 Create the Measurement

Step 3 Carry out the Actual Measurement

Step 4 present the results and improvements

Figure 1 The Model of 4 Steps to Create High Standard Measurement

The first step is planning. At this stage, the measurement direction and system are laid out to answer the question of why, what, who and how to measure. The answers will lead to the purpose, definition, group of samples, type of measurement and criteria for scoring. The second step is to create the measurement according to plan starting from literature review to find theories and models, identifying both theoretical and operational definitions of the measured items and then design the measurement. The measurement will be tested in a pilot study to find the quality of the indicator by assessing its discriminatory power, reliability, face validity, content validity, concurrence validity, construct validity, exploratory factor analysis (EFA) and/or confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) before conducting the actual measurement. The third step is to carry out the actual measurement that has passed quality assessment. The tool and conductor were prepared and conducted with care in order for the results to be valid

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [138] with minimal bias or discrepancy. Once the measurement data has been obtained, it is checked for the quality before applying the measured results to the desired purpose. The final step is to present the results and improvements. The results are presented in accordance with the intended objectives. The measurements are then improved for future use. The quality of measurement is very important because it is a necessary condition to achieve quality results. Therefore, researchers must carefully create quality and suitable measuring tools. A quality measuring tool must meet the following criteria: discrimination power, reliability, validity, objectivity, unbiasness, practicality and completeness. This article will briefly discuss the importance of psycho-behavioral science measurements as follows: 1. If the tool is lacking in quality, the results will be unreliable. Seven aspects of research mistakes are: 1) research questions 2) literature review of existing research 3) quality of variable measurement 4) sampling method and suitability of comparative groups 5) research methodology, having strict control on factors and measurements 6) data analysis suitable for the hypotheses and 7) data interpretation and discussion (Bhanthumnavin, 2008; Allen & Yen, 1979). The quality of the measurement is the third aspect of the seven research mistakes: variable measurement. If any research is "weak" in one aspect, it will weaken the whole research and will have low validity (Bhanthumnavin, 2008). Conducting research projects without high standard measurement will lead to weak results that are difficult to synthesize (Wiratchai, 2008; Bhanthumnavin, 2001; Hedges & Olkin, 1985). 2. The creation of high-quality measurement will also result in high standard. Researchers can synthesize research results and apply them to further research. An example is found in research that integrated the results of high-standard research with psychological knowledge. The researcher has adopted a 10-dimensional psychological scale to Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) and Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) elements, resulting in the fusion of questions in 6 measurements without duplicates. This new measurement is "gratitude intelligence" which is a new type of factor in Thai society (Bhanthumnavin, 2008). 3. High quality and standard measurement will yield accurate results. The data from such research are useful for planning to improve the quality of the people. For example, the research results from the creation of multi-level measuring tools are considered a research innovation. Thai researchers have created and developed the psychological measurements in the form of three loops and two conditions according to the philosophy of sufficiency economy. Measurements created from this new concept were created under the concepts, theories and examples, together with empirical data to verify theoretical accuracy by confirming with advanced statistics. Therefore, it achieves quality and standard resulting in the sufficiency mind among the target groups of various ages. The data from such research are useful for planning to develop the quality of Thai people according to the philosophy of sufficiency economy in adults, university students and young students (Bhanthumnavin, 2008; Meekhun, 2008; Liawwarin, 2008). 4. High quality measuring instruments can be used to classify, develop and evaluate people. Vanindananda (2008) pointed to the problem of academics and an executive of a research fund organization (Buasai, 2007) who discussed important problems of classifying people to assess the characteristics of educational personnel, especially the evaluation of thinking methods and teacher’s immunity. If the tool lacks credibility in checking and selecting personnel, it will experience problems in evaluating the outcomes and results of various development projects such as the application of the philosophy of sufficiency economy in various development projects. This is due to the lack of indicators to clearly show whether the projects achieved the goal or not and at which level. So the tool with high standards will be able to be used in the selection and development of individuals to have appropriate

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [139] characteristics. The measurement will measure psycho-behavioral characteristics of the person who teaches this philosophy to young people. 5. High quality measurements can be applied to research that creates psycho-behavioral indicators. Due to the creation and development of psycho-behavioral measurement that will be used in research to measure groups of people of various ages, it can be accurate. If the measurement is not quantitative, it will lack many important features. Implementation without being developed as an indicator must be done carefully because it still lacks confirmation and proves that there is a high standard of conducting research in various aspects (Bhanthumnavin, 2008; Vanindananda, 2008). In sum, research that creates indicator is important in psycho-behavioral sciences. An indicator is a measure that turns an abstract or qualitative characteristic of one thing into a concrete or quantitative one. It can be used to predict the change. One indicator can reflect only certain aspects of that thing. Psychological indicator means a measurement that measures one or many aspects of psychological characteristics of an individual that can be used as the cause, core, or consequence in any topics. Psychological indicators can be derived from existing ones or created new because they refer to special psychological traits that have not been measured before. The main reason to use the central indicator to measure psychological traits is that most psychological traits can be the consequence of the things that precede them meanwhile they can be the cause of following behaviors that lead to other outcomes and results eventually (Bhanthumnavin, 2007; Bhanthumnavin, 2001; Vanindananda, 2008; Siegel & et al., 2000; Wilson & et al., 2006). In creating psychological indicators, researchers in psycho-behavioral sciences usually create a hybrid measurement for example friendship intelligence, nutrition intelligence and social trust intelligence. Mindful risk is taking risks while having consciousness which is a new problem and a new variable and therefore the researchers have to create new measurements using various methods such as Piaget’s development theory (1964, 1973) to assess different target groups such as high school or university students (Bhanthumnavin, 2013). In this paper, I will discuss two examples of such research.

Research Review This paper discusses two research studies. The first one was conducted by Bhanthumnavin (2015) on psychological immunity to create an indicator to measure Thai teenagers. The second one was conducted by Phinpradit (2015, 2016) to construct an indicator system for social trust of undergraduate students in the three southern border provinces. Both studies constructed psychological indicators as detailed below. The first research adopted the principles of immunity in self according to the philosophy of the sufficiency economy as the principle in constructing measurement of "psychological immunity" that combines the knowledge of modern behavioral science. An indicator is developed for students at the upper secondary level of Thailand. The research discusses psychological immunity under various theoretical concepts of psychological immunity. It helps readers to have a correct understanding of the meaning and guidelines of the indicators. It summarizes the causal factors and the consequential factors of psychological immunity. Then research hypotheses, methods, samples and tools are discussed. The analyses of data and summarizing and discussing results are presented with a range of scores of psychological immunity in high, medium and low. The second research is on building trust in the southern border society by using the philosophy of sufficiency economy to develop people to have trust in society. According to the ethical tree theory, the ability to adjust oneself appropriately in different situations is considered a good characteristic of a citizen that help create reconciliation and unity in the

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [140] society especially in undergraduate students in the three southern border provinces. The content in the article consists of literature review relating to social trust theory, definition and method of measurement, a synthesis of causal factors of social trust, measurement and an analysis of the indicator of social trust. The social trust indicator is divided into groups of high, medium and low scores. There are five reasons why these two research studies demonstrate the academic quality of research to create psychological indicators. First, both research studies follow all three research steps: 1) a conclusive literature review of various theories 2) a complete process of developing measurements in accordance with the principles of measurement development, especially factor analysis for its validity, reliability and structural validation and 3) validity test of the measurement. Both have confirmed component analysis to verify that the developed measurement consists of sub-components as proposed in the actual measurement model (Wiratchai, 2008) to ensure that the measurements used are of high quality and can be used reliably. Researchers must develop quality measurement that is valid and reliable (MacKenzie, Podsakoff, & Jarvis, 2005). Second, the measurements of both studies have the characteristics of being an indicator, namely they divide the range of scores into high, medium and low range of psychological immunity and social trust. The differences of each range are clearly defined. Therefore, they are able to readily indicate the level of psychological immunity status and social trust of the sample based on research data (Bhanthumnavin, 2007; Vanindananda, 2008). Third, the measurement of the research tools in both cases showed the results of scores that are meaningful in both direction and quantity. These two studies have gone through many aspects of research to prove and show evidence that is widely accepted. The psychological indicators from the research results have 3 important dimensions: the central indicators, the antecedent indicators and the consequential indicators (Bhanthumnavin, 2007; Siegel & et al., 2000). Fourth, both studies measure the variables using central indicators to determine the score range of high, medium and low scores. The meaning of each range is related to important antecedent and consequential indicators which provide clear results and reliable information. These indicators are considered the academic progress of Thailand (Vanindananda, 2008; Vanindananda & et al., 2002) Fifth, measurements in both research studies are useful in assessment that many scholars and Thai developers can use in further research. They help developers to decide which antecedent factors should be promoted and which parties will benefit from them. They can be used to select, watch and improve the group at risk. Both research studies found risk groups and protective factors. Measurements from both studies can also be used to evaluate the mental growth of the subjects and to assess the success of projects created to promote or develop psychological immunity and social trust. Both research studies contain high quality and standard measurement tools and methods. Moreover, the indicators show levels of psychological immunity and social trust in high, medium and low. For those who want to use these measurements, they should not forget to recheck the quality, validity and reliability of individual items as well as the measurement invariance (MI) which is the factor analysis for the suitability of the test among different groups of samples (Kuhn & Holling, 2009). For example, the answers may be different depending on the gender of the respondent since they have different interpretations. This may lead to the factor which is not the real cause. The same measurement can result in A for male respondents and B for female respondents so we are unable to compare the results. In conclusion, for research to have high standard measurements there must be sufficient literature review both in theories and research. There must also be the operational definition of the variables to be used as a guideline to create high quality measurements. The downsides of not having a variable definition are that it leads to outdated concepts and the measurements

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [141] that lack direction and quality. They cannot answer the research questions thoroughly. Researchers may be unaware of the restrictions of previous research. Moreover, they may create misunderstanding for the research successors who may not be aware of other theories. In order to create a high quality psycho-behavioral measurement, it is necessary to have a thorough literature review so that the direction of creating measurement can be found to meet with the things that need to be measured and will lead to high quality research results.

References Allen, M. & Yen, W. 1979. Introduction to Measurement Theory. California: Brooks/Cole Publishing Company. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2016. Behavioral Science Research to Development of Individuals and Society. Bangkok: Four Decades in the Shade of an Ethical Theory. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2008. Research to Develop a Multi-level Psychological Measurement Instrument in the Context of Sufficiency Economy Philosophy. Research Bangkok: National Research Council of Thailand. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2008. “Research to Develop a Multi-level, Self-sufficient Psychological Measurement.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior System 5 (1): 122- 154. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2001. Principles and Research Methods in Social Behavioral Science. Bangkok: Faculty of Social Development, National Institute of Development Administration University. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2013. Causal Factors and Effects of Conscious Risk Behavior of Secondary School Students. Bangkok: Faculty of Social Development, National Institute of Development Administration University. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2007. “The Structure of Psychological Immunity: Research and Development with Component Analysis Methods.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai Behavior System 5 (1): 49-77. Bhanthumnavin, D. 2015. “Psychological Immunity: Research to Develop an Index that Applies to Thai Adolescent Students.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai Behavior System 12 (1-2). Buasai, S. 2007. Sufficiency Economy Research Status in Thailand: Research and development direction. Bangkok: National Research Council of Thailand. Hedges, L. & Olkin, I. 1985. Statistical method for meta-analysis. Orlando: Academic Press. Kerlinger, F. & Lee, H. 2000. Foundations of behavioral research. New York: Harcourt College Publishers. Kuhn, J. & Holling, H. 2009. “Measurement Invariance of Divergent Thinking across Gender, Age, and School Forms.” European Journal of Psychological Assessment 25 (1): 1-7. Liawwarin, U. 2008. “Research to Develop a Multi-dimensional Awareness of Goodness in Thai Adults.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior System 5 (1): 78-121. MacKenzie, S., Podsakoff, P., and Jarvis, C. 2005. “The Problem of Measurement Model Misspecification in Behavioral and Organizational Research and Some Recommended Solution.” Journal of Applied Psychology 90 (4): 710-730. Meekhun, K. 2008. The Development of a Psychological Measurement Instrument, a Multi-Dimensional Rationality Style. Bangkok: National Research Council of Thailand. Phinpradit, N. 2015. Research on the Social Trust Index System of Undergraduate Students, Universities in the three southern border provinces. Khon Kaen: Faculty of Educatioin, Khon Kaen University.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019) [142]

Phinpradit, N. 2016. “Research on the Social Trust Index System of Undergraduate Students, Universities in the Three Southern Border Provinces.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior System 12 (1-2). Piaget, J. 1964. “Part I: Cognitive development in children: Piaget development and learning.” Journal of Research in Science Teaching 2 (3): 176-186. Piaget, J. 1973. Main Trends in Psychology. London: George Allen & Unwin. Reynolds, C. 2010. “Measurement and Assessment: an Editorial View.” Psychological Assessment 27 (1): 1-4. Siegel, C. et al., 2000. “The Construction of Community Indicators of Mental Health and Social and Psychological Well-being and their Application to New York City.” Evaluation and Program Planning 23: 315-327. Soros, B. 2014. “Review Sufficient Economy: Development of Psychological Measurement on The Way of Scientific Research.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior System 11 (1-2): 232-239. Vanindananda, N. 2014. “Research for Developing Achievement Motivation Measures and Validation: General and Special Forms for Use with Thai Adolescents.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai Behavior System 11 (1): 66-120. Vanindananda, N. 2008. “Review Sufficient Economy: Development of Psychological Measurement for Adults.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior system 5 (1): 66-120. Vanindananda, N. et.al. 2002. Analysis of the Cause and Effect Index of Marital Quality in Thai Families. Bangkok: Institute of Behavioral Science Research, Srinakharinwirot University. Wilson, J. et al. 2006. “Contrasting and Comparing Sustainable Development Indicator Metrics.” Ecological Indicators 7: 299–314. Wiratchai, N. 2008. “Introduction to Development of Psychological Measurement forAdults.” Journal of Behavioral Science: Thai behavior System 5 (1): 155-186.

PSAKU International Journal of Interdisciplinary Research Vol. 8 Special Issue (June 2019)